Annual Reviews home
0
Skip to content
  • For Librarians & Agents
  • For Authors
  • Knowable Magazine
  • Institutional Login
  • Login
  • Register
  • Activate
  • 0 Cart
  • Help
Annual Reviews home
  • JOURNALS A-Z
    • Analytical Chemistry
    • Animal Biosciences
    • Anthropology
    • Astronomy and Astrophysics
    • Biochemistry
    • Biomedical Data Science
    • Biomedical Engineering
    • Biophysics
    • Cancer Biology
    • Cell and Developmental Biology
    • Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering
    • Clinical Psychology
    • Computer Science
    • Condensed Matter Physics
    • Control, Robotics, and Autonomous Systems
    • Criminology
    • Developmental Psychology
    • Earth and Planetary Sciences
    • Ecology, Evolution, and Systematics
    • Economics
    • Entomology
    • Environment and Resources
    • Financial Economics
    • Fluid Mechanics
    • Food Science and Technology
    • Genetics
    • Genomics and Human Genetics
    • Immunology
    • Law and Social Science
    • Linguistics
    • Marine Science
    • Materials Research
    • Medicine
    • Microbiology
    • Neuroscience
    • Nuclear and Particle Science
    • Nutrition
    • Organizational Psychology and Organizational Behavior
    • Pathology: Mechanisms of Disease
    • Pharmacology and Toxicology
    • Physical Chemistry
    • Physiology
    • Phytopathology
    • Plant Biology
    • Political Science
    • Psychology
    • Public Health
    • Resource Economics
    • Sociology
    • Statistics and Its Application
    • Virology
    • Vision Science
    • Article Collections
    • Events
    • Shot of Science
  • JOURNAL INFO
    • Copyright & Permissions
    • Add To Your Course Reader
    • Expected Publication Dates
    • Impact Factor Rankings
    • Access Metadata
    • RSS Feeds
  • PRICING & SUBSCRIPTIONS
    • General Ordering Info
    • Online Activation Instructions
    • Personal Pricing
    • Institutional Pricing
    • Society Partnerships
  •     S2O    
  •     GIVE    
  • ABOUT
    • What We Do
    • Founder & History
    • Our Team
    • Careers
    • Press Center
    • Events
    • News
    • Global Access
    • DEI
    • Directory
    • Help/FAQs
    • Contact Us
  • Home >
  • Annual Review of Environment and Resources >
  • Volume 31, 2006 >
  • Lemos, pp 297-325
  • Save
  • Email
  • Share

Environmental Governance

  • Home
  • Annual Review of Environment and Resources
  • Volume 31, 2006
  • Lemos, pp 297-325
  • Facebook
  • Twitter
  • LinkedIn
Download PDF

Environmental Governance

Annual Review of Environment and Resources

Vol. 31:297-325 (Volume publication date November 2006)
First published online as a Review in Advance on July 5, 2006
https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.energy.31.042605.135621

Maria Carmen Lemos and Arun Agrawal

School of Natural Resources and Environment, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48109; email: [email protected], [email protected]

Download PDF Article Metrics
  • Permissions
  • Reprints

  • Download Citation
  • Citation Alerts
Sections
  • Abstract
  • Key Words
  • INTRODUCTION
  • DEFINING ENVIRONMENTAL GOVERNANCE
  • THEMES IN ENVIRONMENTAL GOVERNANCE
  • THE TERRAIN OF ENVIRONMENTAL GOVERNANCE
  • LIMITATIONS OF HYBRID GOVERNANCE STRATEGIES
  • APPLICATIONS: CLIMATE CHANGE AND ECOSYSTEM DEGRADATION
  • CONCLUSION
  • acknowledgments
  • literature cited

Abstract

▪ Abstract This chapter reviews the literature relevant to environmental governance in four domains of scholarship: globalization, decentralization, market and individual incentives-based governance, and cross-scale governance. It argues that in view of the complexity and multiscalar character of many of the most pressing environmental problems, conventional debates focused on pure modes of governance–where state or market actors play the leading role–fall short of the capacity needed to address them. The review highlights emerging hybrid modes of governance across the state-market-community divisions: comanagement, public-private partnerships and social-private partnerships. It examines the significant promise they hold for coupled social and natural systems to recover from environmental degradation and change and explores some of the critical problems to which hybrid forms of environmental governance are also subject.

Key Words

climate change, cogovernance, decentralization, ecosystem degradation, globalization, market

INTRODUCTION

The Millennium Ecosystem Assessment, perhaps the most ambitious and extensive examination of the state of Earth's ecosystems, outlines what might reasonably be expected to happen to them under different future scenarios (1). Its conclusions are pessimistic; the changes required to address the declining resilience of ecosystems are large and currently not under way. It ends with a discussion of the types of responses that can lead to sustainable management of ecosystems. Ostensibly, only the first of these responses focuses directly on institutions and governance—the subject of this review. Others concern economics and incentives, social and behavioral factors, technology, knowledge and cognition, and decision-making processes. Although some of these other responses may seem unrelated to environmental governance, in reality, the effectiveness of every single one of them depends on significant changes in existing strategies of environmental governance.

Our chapter reviews the literature on environmental governance to examine how different approaches have attempted to address some of the most pressing environmental challenges of our time: global climate change, ecosystem degradation, and the like. We find that a significant proportion of this literature has tended to emphasize a particular agent of environmental governance as being the most effective—typically market actors, state actors and, more recently, civil society-based actors such as nongovernmental organizations (NGOs) and local communities.

Today, a broad array of hybrid environmental governance strategies are being practiced, and it has become clear that seemingly purely market-, state-, or civil society-based governance strategies depend for their efficacy on support from other domains of social interactions. Our discussion examines the importance of spatial and institutional scales to environmental governance, focusing especially on emerging hybrid forms. Of significant interest to our review are (a) soft governance strategies that try to align market and individual incentives with self-regulatory processes and (b) cogovernance, which is predicated on partnerships and notions of embedded autonomy across state-market-society divisions (2, 3). These innovations in environmental governance can potentially be extended to engage multiple types of environmental problems and conflicts.

DEFINING ENVIRONMENTAL GOVERNANCE

For the purposes of this review, environmental governance is synonymous with interventions aiming at changes in environment-related incentives, knowledge, institutions, decision making, and behaviors. More specifically, we use “environmental governance” to refer to the set of regulatory processes, mechanisms and organizations through which political actors influence environmental actions and outcomes. Governance is not the same as government. It includes the actions of the state and, in addition, encompasses actors such as communities, businesses, and NGOs. Key to different forms of environmental governance are the political-economic relationships that institutions embody and how these relationships shape identities, actions, and outcomes (4–6). International accords, national policies and legislation, local decision-making structures, transnational institutions, and environmental NGOs are all examples of the forms through which environmental governance takes place. Because governance can be shaped through nonorganizational institutional mechanisms as well (for example, when it is based on market incentives and self-regulatory processes), there is no escaping it for anyone concerned about environmental outcomes. Environmental governance is varied in form, critical in importance, and near ubiquitous in spread.

To investigate emerging trends in environmental governance in a way that is both sufficiently general for a review and reflects ongoing changes in the world of governance, we focus on four themes around which some of the most interesting writings on environmental governance cluster. The ensuing discussion first reviews the scholarship on globalization, decentralized environmental governance, market- and individual-focused instruments (MAFIs), and governance across scales to uncover how the conventional roles and capacities of important actors and institutions are getting reconfigured. This discussion leads us to a framework through which approaches to environmental governance and the terrain of environmental governance can usefully be explored. We apply insights from this framework to two sets of consequential environmental problems: global climate change and ecosystem degradation. We identify important limitations of hybrid forms of environmental governance and conclude with a discussion of some of the implications of ongoing developments related to environmental governance.

THEMES IN ENVIRONMENTAL GOVERNANCE

The four themes upon which we focus below—globalization, decentralized environmental governance, market- and individual-focused instruments, and governance across scales—are among the most important emerging trends that are shaping environmental governance. They are generating pressures for innovative ways to address environmental and natural resource crises and challenging existing forms of governance. They are emblematic of the possibilities present in efforts to engage seriously with environmental problems, and their shortcomings are a reason to be concerned about the extent to which environmental actors have the capacity to deal with worsening environmental dilemmas. Although we treat each of these themes distinctly below, it goes without saying that there are close, perhaps even causal, connections among them, even if a review permits only speculation about how they may be related.

Globalization and Environmental Governance

Globalization describes an interconnected world across environments, societies, and economies. Multiplicity, diversity, interdependence, and flows of influence and materials are common themes associated with globalization even if there is significant disagreement about its definition, implications, impacts, and usefulness as a concept (7–10). (See References 11–13 for definitions and implications of globalization.)

From an environmental perspective, globalization produces both negative and positive pressures on governance. Economic globalization produces tremendous impacts on environmental processes at the local, regional, national, and global levels. By integrating far-flung markets and increasing demand, globalization may intensify the use and depletion of natural resources, increase waste production, and lead to a “race to the bottom” as capital moves globally to countries and locations that have less stringent environmental standards (14–17). Most free trade regimes—facilitated by and assisting globalization—provide limited or inadequate environmental provisions and insufficient safeguards for their enforcement (18–20). Analogously, despite evidence of the negative effect of international trade on carbon-dioxide emissions, it remains uncertain how economic provisions of trade agreements such as those of the World Trade Organization (WTO) intersect with the goals of climate regimes such as the Kyoto Protocol (15). Additionally, the global flow of energy, materials, and organisms through the environment, which Clark labels “environmental stuff,” “couples the actions of people in one place with the threats and opportunities faced by people long distances away” (21, p. 86).

By broadening the range of problems national governments are called upon to address, globalization strains the resources of nation states at the same time as it may contribute to socioeconomic inequalities. These pressures can ultimately enhance levels of vulnerability to climate change and other environmental threats (22). Finally, neoliberal policy reforms associated with globalization may complicate the efficacy of state action by shifting power to alternative actors and levels of decision making through decentralization and privatization as well as through the use of MAFIs (see below).

Observers of globalization also argue in favor of its potentially positive impacts on economic equity and environmental standards through a virtuous circle and the diffusion of positive environmental policy initiatives. Clearly, the globalization of environmental problems has contributed to the creation and development of new global regimes, institutions, and organizations dedicated to environmental governance. More efficient use and transfer of technology, freer flow of information, and novel institutional arrangements based on public-private partnerships have the potential to contribute positively to environmental governance (23, 24).

Globalization can also enhance the depth of participation and the diversity of actors shaping environmental governance. For instance, the globalization of social action through international environmental groups expands the role of social movements, so that they can produce deep social changes across national boundaries instead of being limited to negotiations with governments within a nation state (25). By introducing new ways of organizing, interacting, and influencing governmental processes, globalization can help increase the social and political relevance of nonstate actors such as NGOs, transnational environmental networks, and epistemic communities—defined as networks of knowledge-based expertise (26). Finally, more accessible and cheaper forms of communication improve access to knowledge and technology and enhance the rate of information exchange, speeding up the dissemination of both technological and policy innovations (21–24).

The analytical argument for global environmental governance lies in the “public bads” implications of processes and outcomes related to environmental problems. Ozone depletion, carbon emissions, and climate change cannot be addressed by any single nation. Global cooperation and institutional arrangements are therefore necessary to address them. Historically, this conceptualization of environmental problems and their solutions meant that nation states were viewed as the appropriate agents of environmental action (27, 28), and international regimes as the appropriate governance mechanism.

Writings about international regimes have tended to cluster around two significant foci: understanding, measuring, and comparing the effectiveness of regime performance (29, 30) and exposing their inherent democratic deficit (31). There are three main aspects to the democratic deficit of international environmental regimes. First, countries participating in the negotiating process may not be democracies. Second, limited participation from nonstate actors (with the exception of large NGOs and at times epistemic communities); the unequal distribution of power, knowledge, and resources among the participant countries; and the ability of some powerful countries to impose their preferences may undermine the capacity of certain participants to make much of an impact on final outcomes. Additionally, the opaque character of the negotiation process itself strengthens the perception that international regimes and negotiations within the scope of multilateral organizations are driven by the more powerful actors (9, 30, 32). Finally, most international environmental agreements lack effective enforcement, especially when the more binding provisions in an agreement are at stake (33, 34).

The failure of state-centered international regimes to address many of the most pressing global problems successfully prompted a search for new institutions, partnerships, and governance mechanisms. A more inclusive global environmental governance paradigm holds the promise not only of innovative governance strategies, but also of expanded cooperation among social actors that may have been previously outside the policy process: corporate interests, social movements, and nongovernmental organizations (21, 35). The fragmentary nature of the sources of complex environmental problems, such as global climate change, and the reluctance or inability of nation states to regulate the sources of these problems, means that nonstate actors and organizations may be able to play an essential role in mobilizing public opinion and generating innovative solutions (36). It is for this reason that scholars of environmental governance such as Haas have proposed multilevel, nonhierarchical, information-rich, loose networks of institutions and actors as an alternative to ineffective state-centric international regimes (37–39).

These new international environmental governance mechanisms are viewed as being superior along a number of dimensions: (a) integrating scientific, technological, and lay knowledge and at quickly relaying information; (b) providing sufficient redundancy and flexibility in functional performance; (c) gaining the involvement of multiple actors; (d) recognizing that the relationship between international regimes and nonstate actors is fundamental to address economic and environmental changes; (e) identifying modalities of cooperation that go beyond legal arrangements; (f) working across scales to develop cooperation and synergy to solve common problems; and (g) promoting social learning and compromise seeking. However, these mechanisms may also fail to limit the negative externalities emerging from lack of implementation capacity. Their characteristic reliance on decentralized action and interdependent coordination and their lack of instruments to deal with system disruption and unanticipated systemic effects mean that major environmental problems may be difficult to address directly and efficaciously through them (40, 41).

Decentralized Environmental Governance

Climate change, globalization, recent sociopolitical transformations, and the challenges they pose for environmental processes have been the major concerns occupying many of the scholars who have written and talked about environmental governance. Indeed, for many interested in environmental governance, it is synonymous with what happens on the international or the global stage (42). However, it is at least equally correct that some of the most important contemporary changes in environmental governance are occurring at the subnational level and relate to efforts to incorporate lower-level administrative units and social groups better into formal processes of environmental governance. It is perhaps only a matter of historical record today, but the landscape of natural resource management has undergone a breathtaking shift since the colonial period and its immediate aftermath. Until as recently as the late 1970s and early 1980s, those concerned about loss of biodiversity, soil erosion, desertification, deforestation, decline of fisheries, and other such environmental phenomena used to call for more elaborate and thoroughgoing centralized control. Indeed, the elaborate forms of coercive control that marked governance arrangements for most natural resources continued with little change between the colonial and the postcolonial period. State bureaucratic authority appeared to many policy makers and academic observers as the appropriate means to address the externalities associated with the use of environmental resources. Centralized interventions were therefore essential to redress resulting market failures (43, 44) (for a review of relevant claims, see References 45 and 46).

A loss of faith in the state as a reliable custodian of nature has accompanied the analogous loss of faith in states as effective managers of the economy (47, 48). The reasons for the shift away from centralized forms of governance also have to do, however, with very real forces of change, among them the fall of economies relying on centralized control. Economic pressures on states, resulting both from greater integration of economic activities across national boundaries and a decline in aid flows, have been supplemented by fiscal crises in many developing countries (49). Many nation states no longer have the resources to manage their environments. At the same time, as emerging economic forces have challenged the political and economic capacities of nation states, a shift toward more democratic political processes throughout much of the developing world has facilitated the move toward alternative forms of governance whose effectiveness depends on higher levels of participation and greater involvement of citizens in processes of governance.

In addition, extensive research by scholars of common property and political ecology, emphasizing the capacity of communities and other small-scale social formations to manage resources, has provided the intellectual grounds for a shift toward comanagement, community-based natural resource management, and environmental policy decentralizations (50–54). It has done so by demonstrating that forms of effective environmental governance are not exhausted by terms such as “state” and “free market institutions” and that users of resources are often able to self-organize and govern them. By identifying literally thousands of independent instances of enduring governance of resources and at the same time highlighting arenas in which external support can improve local governance processes, scholars of common property and political ecology have helped prepare the ground for decentralized environmental governance.

Since the mid-1980s, decentralization of authority to govern renewable resources such as forests, irrigation systems, and inland fisheries has gathered steam. Indeed, it has become a characteristic feature of late twentieth and early twenty-first century governance of renewable resources, even if nonrenewable resources continue to be held by state authorities in a tightfisted grip (55–58). As Hutchcroft (59) suggests, “The decentralization of government functions is ‘the latest fashion (60),’ or at least ‘a fashion of our time (61).’” Three distinct justifications for decentralization of environmental governance are available. It can produce greater efficiencies because of competition among subnational units; it can bring decision making closer to those affected by governance, thereby promoting higher participation and accountability; and finally, it can help decision makers take advantage of more precise time- and place-specific knowledge about natural resources.

National governments across the developing world have advanced strong claims about the imperative to establish and strengthen partnerships in which local administrative and organizational arrangements complement or substitute for more central efforts to govern environmental resources (62–64). In many cases, they have backed these claims with changes in renewable resource policies. Whether these changes have occurred because of the alleged advantages of decentralized governance or because of the significant flows of aid funds tied to decentralized governance is difficult to judge. But the shift in favor of decentralization has brought alternative means and new political claimants to the fore in the process of governance as nation states attempt to reclaim governance through partnerships with local organizations.

Indeed, the vast literature on decentralized environmental governance contains many different conclusions regarding the nature and depth of the changes that have occurred since the 1980s. Positions adopted by the participants range from those for whom nothing much has changed (65, 66) to those who see the world of governance to have undergone a major transformation with decentralization (67–69). Much of the debate's heat is explained by the variations in the regional focus and the organizational affiliations of those involved. Because there is enormous patchiness in the reforms different countries have undertaken, indeed even within countries in the case of federal polities, the geographical focus of analysis often leads to different conclusions about the meaningfulness and effectiveness of institutional reforms (70). Similarly, those belonging to organizations involved actively in reforms tend to assess them more positively in comparison to outside observers and academic analysts.

When successful, decentralized governance of natural resources can be seen as effecting at least three sets of changes in the political relationships through which human beings relate to resources (71). The first set of changes concerns how decision makers in lower-level units in a territorial-administrative hierarchy relate to those at higher levels (72). Indeed, much of the existing literature on decentralized governance focuses precisely on this aspect of ongoing changes. A second set of issues is linked with the ways local decision makers relate to their constituents. This aspect of the decentralization of environmental governance has been researched extensively in writings on local resource management, especially by scholars of the commons. However, a third aspect of decentralized governance—alterations of the subjective relationships of people with each other and with the environment as part of changing relationships of power and governance—is also crucial to understand outcomes, an issue that has received far less attention than the preceding two aspects of environmental governance (6).

Contemporary efforts at decentralized environmental governance, like those in earlier periods, aim to make the exercise of control both more thorough and more economical. Decentralization disperses multiple points of political leverage throughout an administrative structure and makes them available to central decision makers (73, 74). It does so by encouraging the systematic creation of legal codes and performance standards that are specified through the exercise of legislative or executive authority. Adherence to these codes and standards is the price of inclusion in decision-making processes. Paradoxically perhaps, decentralization appears to be perfectly compatible with the existence of centralized authority when formal inclusion in decision-making processes occurs together with a clear delineation of spheres of authority within which local actors are supposed to operate. In addition to helping effect fiscal economies, decentralization also serves political and strategic considerations to the extent that dissatisfaction with governance can find local points of authority against which to protest instead of engaging centralized authority.

Contemporary decentralized environmental governance is different from earlier attempts at decentralization of authority in two critical ways. For the most part, earlier efforts in the form of indirect rule in colonial south Asia and Africa and community development programs in the postcolonial developing world relied on existing authority structures and incorporated them into the formal process of the exercise of authority. In contrast, decentralized environmental governance, especially at the local level, has been built upon new organizational entities such as community-based user groups and has established new lines of institutionalized authority. An even more striking difference that characterizes contemporary environmental governance is the way it conceptualizes individual citizens and their responsibilities. By focusing on the incentives that prompt individuals to participate in new institutional arrangements to govern the environment, present day decentralization processes help produce the very individual subjects they require for their effective functioning. The rhetoric of capacity building, local knowledge, and individual rationality is a lynchpin of decentralized environmental governance (6). Ongoing changes in subnational environmental governance hold intriguing possibilities for reshaping the future landscape of political decision making related to the environment. Therefore, further research on environmental policy decentralization holds great promise both for furthering the insights that work on common property institutions has produced and for enhancing the involvement of local decision makers in new forms of environmental governance.

At the same time, it is worth highlighting that ongoing changes are not just an occasion for optimism that less powerful human agents may come to exercise greater voice in how they and their resources are governed. There is also room for cynicism that decentralization policies have typically been motivated by powerful state actors to enhance their own political positions. Without effective safeguards against arbitrary exercise of localized power and clear relations of accountability, decentralization may lead to forms of regulation even more suffocating than those encouraged by more centralized control. The contingent outcomes of contemporary shifts in governance, therefore, depend crucially on the ways local actors mobilize and establish alliances across sociopolitical and administrative scales of governance (64, 75).

Market- and Agent-Focused Instruments

The decline of the state since the 1970s as the prime agent of environmental governance has also propelled market and voluntary incentives-based mechanisms to the fore. Instead of relying on hierarchically organized, regulatory control or even purely participatory structures, MAFIs aim to mobilize individual incentives in favor of environmentally positive outcomes through a careful calculation and modulation of costs and benefits associated with particular environmental strategies. They differ from more conventional regulatory mechanisms along a number of dimensions, including the source of their legitimacy and authority. Cashore (76) suggests that the strength of these instruments lies in their utilization of market exchanges and incentives to encourage environmental compliance.

MAFIs encompass a broad range: ecotaxes and subsidies based on a mix of regulation and market incentives, voluntary agreements, certification, ecolabeling, and informational systems are some of the major examples. At the national level, the popularity of these instruments and frameworks has increased quickly, even if their adoption and implementation can be differentiated by sector and geography rather than being uniform (23, 77). Their popularity seems to relate to a general dissatisfaction with old policy instruments; the influence, transfer, and diffusion of emerging governance paradigms based in neoliberal institutionalism and free trade agreements; and the need for market innovations that keep national economies competitive in a globalizing world (23).

Energy taxes, tradable permits, voluntary agreements, ecolabeling, and certification were introduced as early as the 1960s in a number of western countries (23, 78). However, their adoption has gathered steam especially since the 1990s (24). These instruments are founded upon the bedrock of individual preferences and assumptions about self-interested behavior by economic agents. A strong claim advanced in their favor is their superiority in terms of economic efficiency related to implementation. Although an emerging literature focuses on the extent to which process-oriented evaluative criteria such as popularity, responsiveness, legitimacy, transparency, and accountability may also be associated with market incentive-focused instruments, the extent to which they meet these criteria needs much greater exploration (39, 76).

Environmental taxes of different kinds are among the more common market-based instruments aimed to alter environmental actions of agents (by changing the costs and benefits of environmental choices). Over time, a number of countries have adopted a sophisticated mix of different kinds of ecotaxes as well as distinct policy positions about allocation of revenues generated from such taxes (23). Taxes on commodities and services, such as energy, nutrients used in agriculture, or tourism, are enacted in the belief that existing markets do not fully incorporate the externalities associated with the production and use of these commodities and services and that taxes are an effective mechanism to raise revenues to offset damages associated with the overexploitation of underpriced resources. Similarly, tradable permits are based on the idea that some ecosystem services, such as clean water and air, are not priced fully by existing markets. In such situations, incentives for conservation and economic efficiency of allocation can be improved through economic exchange only if appropriate legal and institutional arrangements are in place and polluters pay a tax on their polluting activities. The resulting markets for some kinds of emissions can reach significant proportions: the total value of trading in carbon markets, according to some recent estimates, may reach 10 to 40 billion dollars by 2010 (1).

Voluntary agreements are negotiated to meet environmental targets regarding, for example, lower waste generation and emissions or higher energy efficiency. Industry and corporate actors often pursue such voluntarily imposed targets as a strategy to preempt legal regulation. It can therefore be argued that the shadow of law is crucial to their emergence and effectiveness (79). Indeed, some researchers of voluntary environmental compliance have argued that without leadership by state agencies, voluntary agreements will produce anemic results at best (80). Others such as Ruggie (35) suggest that the irony of the current reliance on corporate actors to implement environmental sustainability lies in the fact that “the corporate sector, which has done more than any other to create the growing gaps between global economy and national communities, is being pulled into playing a key bridging role between them. In the process, a global public domain is emerging, which cannot substitute for effective action by states but may help to produce it” (35, p. 95).

Primary sector commodities such as coffee, timber, and energy provide familiar examples of ecolabeling and certification schemes (81–83). Both ecolabeling and certification schemes are forms of voluntary agreements wherein producers agree to meet environmental standards related to production and marketing activities. Such standards may be the result of work by third party actors, an industry association, or even the government. The operation of these schemes hinges upon the idea that consumers are willing to express their preferences related to cleaner energy or greener products through their choices in markets and through a willingness to pay higher prices. Perceptions about environment-friendly preferences among consumers have led many corporations to adopt certification mechanisms and advertising campaigns that represent both real and cosmetic shifts in how corporate actors govern their environmental actions.

Some of the drivers of market-based policy instruments in the developed world are analogous to those motivating decentralized environmental governance in much of the developing world (84). Dissatisfaction with regulatory control by state agencies and the bureaucratization associated with their growth play an important role in the expansion of market incentives-based instruments and in their adoption across sectors and national boundaries (85). Difficulties in implementation of traditional regulatory instruments provide a partial explanation of the willingness of governments to experiment with market-oriented efforts. High costs of compliance with environmental regulations and increasing awareness of environmental issues among consumers are other parts of the explanation. Although many economists had argued for the economic superiority of market-based instruments as early as the mid-1960s and 1970s (86, 87), it is only recently that their application to environmental governance is becoming more widespread.

The schematic review of a range of different instruments of environmental governance based on market incentives and exchanges suggests that their success depends significantly on the internalization of positive environment preferences among relevant stakeholders, most importantly citizens and consumers (88), and effective leadership by governments. For example, in their comparative study across eight European Union countries, Jordan et al. (23) found that among the constraints to the implementation of MAFIs was the opposition of environmental policy actors (especially environmental movements) and other vested interests (such as energy-intensive industries). Other constraints to successful implementation are lack of expertise across policy systems, fear among corporate sectors about loss of economic competitiveness, and unequal distributional impacts because of ecotaxing schemes (e.g., fuel taxes). Not surprisingly, corporate and industry actors are less likely to adhere voluntarily to new environmental standards to the extent that they prove more costly in comparison to when such standards are absent or weak (89). Indeed, efforts to induce voluntary compliance by economically motivated actors have been found to be vulnerable to free-riding behavior when effective mechanisms to deter free riding are not in place. For example, in a study of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's WasteWise program, Delmas & Keller (90) found that organizations joining the program were likely not to report their creation of waste unless there were private benefits to such reporting.

Other research, especially that focusing on corporate social responsibility, examines the extent to which environmentally oriented actions of market actors are tied to their expectations about consumer preferences—both those specific to their products and to “green preferences” more generally (91, 92). Citizen preferences expressed in the form of a greater willingness to purchase green products and policy environments in which superior environmental outcomes are prized are important drivers of the success of new MAFIs of environmental governance. These considerations suggest that the growing popularity of market incentives-based instruments should not lead to the conclusion that governance is replacing governments. A conclusion more broadly supported by existing evidence would be that there is a complex relationship between governments and governance: governments are the source of credible threats of regulatory action that would require costly compliance and such threats encourage the adoption of voluntary agreements on environmental standards. Government agencies also remain the monitoring authorities to which appeals regarding violations of environmental standards can be made.

Cross-Scale Environmental Governance

The multiscalar character of environmental problems—spatially, sociopolitically, and temporally—adds significant complexity to their governance (93–95). The implications of spatial scales for environmental governance are twofold. First, the decoupling across scales of the causes and consequences of environmental problems introduces major concerns about the unequal distribution of costs and benefits of environmental issues. For example, a problem such as global climate change may have been caused primarily by the major producers of greenhouse gases in the developed world, but many of their more dramatic effects will negatively affect low-emitting countries in the global south. The spatial distribution of environmental problems, such as acid rain, ozone depletion, and transboundary water pollution, transcends national borders and adds to the challenge of designing and implementing solutions (26). As mentioned above, the main strategy to address these issues has been international environmental regimes. Although more than 1700 multilateral and bilateral environmental agreements have hitherto been signed, their effectiveness is at best mixed (30).

Sociopolitically, cross-scale environmental problems affect and are affected by institutionalized decision making at local, subnational, national, and transnational levels. A common prescription to address the multilevel character of environmental problems is to design governance mechanisms across levels of social and institutional aggregation. Multilevel governance is intended to counteract the fragmentation that is characteristic of sectorally based decision making or, indeed, of decision making that is organized by territorial, social, and political divisions. The involvement of public-private networks in multilevel governance can enhance the representation of the diversity of interests that are affected by environmental problems (39, 96). At the same time, the configuration of cross-scale governance strategies is also conducive to compromise seeking and social learning, often enabling less formal modes of decision making, greater transparency, and higher levels of representativeness (39).

Increasingly, cross-scale governance mechanisms are being shaped by nonstate actors including NGOs, transnational environmental organizations, intergovernmental and multilateral organizations, market-oriented actors (e.g., transnational and multinational companies), and epistemic communities (26, 97–101). These new actors both introduce innovative tools and mechanisms and positively shape power relations within the policy arena (31, 102), even if their transformative potential is contested (103).

The cross-temporal implications of environmental problems are especially severe because of two major obstacles to action: contempocentrism and uncertainty regarding cause and effect relationships involving long-term environmental changes. Contempocentrism, in part a consequence of high market discount rates, is the tendency to disregard the welfare of future generations and believe in the power of technology and technological change to take care of environmental degradation and scarcities. It means humans are likely to “spend” the environment now and discount the future heavily (33, 104). Coupled with the seeming high costs of action that will shift existing trajectories of economic development, the uncertainty surrounding the science of causes and effects of environmental degradation often leads to a “do nothing until we know more” attitude–strongly reflected in the contemporary policy positions of some nations that are the largest emitters of greenhouse gases. Many of the impacts of global climate change on humans and ecosystems are still undetermined, and the design and implementation of policies necessary to reduce emissions are both economically and politically quite costly.

THE TERRAIN OF ENVIRONMENTAL GOVERNANCE

The elaboration above of environmental governance-related changes and challenges involving four different themes shows that there are intriguing parallels across them despite the many (and expected) differences in how governance is becoming reconfigured as a result of globalization and decentralization. It also shows the increasing importance of cross-scale governance, market instruments, and individual incentives. Perhaps the most obvious of these parallels relates to the emergence of alternative institutional forms of governance. Some of the new forms of governance are innovative hybrids between the conventionally recognized social roles that markets, states, and, more recently, communities play. Others are the result of a clearer appreciation that the effectiveness of what was conventionally understood as a pure form of governance based in the market or the state may be the result of existing relationships among market, state, and civil society actors. Figure 1 presents a schematic structure to classify strategies of environmental governance as they are founded upon the actions of three different social mechanisms.

figure
Figure 1 

The triangle connecting state, market, and community constitutes the core of the figure. The emphasis in the figure on these social mechanisms is a reflection of early conversations related to the environment that viewed environmental governance strategies as being especially necessary to address the externalities stemming from the public goods nature of environmental resources and processes. To overcome these externalities, some writers saw state action as necessary; others, surmising that externalities could lead to market failure, advocated clearer definition of property rights to allow functioning markets to emerge (43, 105). Arguments advanced by scholars of the commons engaged these policy prescriptions and identified communities as a third potential locus of environmental governance (51). These efforts, championing state-, market-, and community-based governance strategies, were built around perceived strengths of the particular social arena or mechanism being considered: the capacity for action across jurisdictions backed by state authority; the mobilization of basic human incentives through market exchanges; and the deployment of solidaristic relationships and time- and place-specific knowledge embodied in communities (107).

In the past decade and a half, however, an exciting array of research has identified opportunities for more nuanced arguments regarding hybrid forms of collaborations across the dividing lines represented by markets, states, and communities. The three major forms we identify in Figure 1—comanagement (between state agencies and communities), public-private partnerships (between state agencies and market actors), and private-social partnerships (between market actors and communities)—each incorporate joint action across at least two of the social mechanisms/arenas in the core triangle and correspond to scores if not hundreds of specific experiments in which constituent social actors find differing levels of emphasis. They simultaneously illustrate the dynamic and fast-changing nature of contemporary environmental governance. The emergence of these hybrid forms of environmental governance is based upon the recognition that no single agent possesses the capabilities to address the multiple facets, interdependencies, and scales of environmental problems that may appear at first blush to be quite simple.

The hope embodied in hybrid forms of environmental governance is evident in each case. They seek simultaneously to address the weaknesses of a particular social agent and to build upon the strength of the other partner. Thus, the involvement of market actors in environmental collaboration is typically aimed at addressing the inefficiencies of state action, often by injecting competitive pressures in the provision of environmental services. In the same vein, market actors are also viewed as enabling greater profitability in the utilization of environmental resources. The addition of community and local voices to environmental governance is seen as providing the benefit of time- and place-specific information that may help solve complex environmental problems and, at the same time, allow a more equitable allocation of benefits from environmental assets. Higher levels of participation by different stakeholders and the blessings of state authorities can help overcome the democratic deficit and lack of legitimacy often associated with market-focused instruments. Moreover, state actors, ostensibly, create the possibility that fragmented social action by decentralized communities and market actors can be made more coherent and simultaneously more authoritative.

A second obvious parallel across the discussion of the different themes related to environmental governance is that within hybrid strategies one can discern a mobilization of individual incentives that had initially been the core of market-oriented instruments and is now becoming increasingly common. Thus, contemporary cogovernance strategies, in contrast to their historic counterparts, focus on how the individual subject will respond to efforts at governance. Through such a calculation of individual responses, decentralized environmental governance aims to elicit the willing cooperation of those subject to the goals of governance (6, 108). The emphasis on willing cooperation has even prompted some scholars of incentive-based governance strategies to term them “governance without government” (109, p. 652).

In view of the extent to which an appeal to individual self-interest is a part of new environmental governance strategies, it is reasonable to conclude that a pervasive attempt to restructure agent-level incentives and attitudes toward the environment underpins governance instruments related to civil society-based solidarities, market-based policies, and voluntary compliance mechanisms (110, 111). The same is true for public-private and social-private partnerships, each of which is enabled by a level of valorization of corporate entities and market actors that would have been quite unimaginable in the 1970s (112–114). Here, the logic of efficiency, which is the hallmark of capitalist organization of production, is also coming to colonize the goal of environmental conservation and sustainable development.

LIMITATIONS OF HYBRID GOVERNANCE STRATEGIES

The reconfiguration of environmental governance so that the state is no longer the only actor viewed as capable of addressing environmental externalities has many implications, but not all of them have found an easy acceptance among those concerned about environmental outcomes. The focus on individual incentives, the creation of new property rights and markets in relation to water or carbon, and the encouragement to the corporate sector (insofar as the policy environment enables more extensive public-private and social-private partnerships) have been construed by some scholars as moves toward increasing democratic deficit and higher levels of inequality in the allocation of environmental resources. Those who are able to exercise greater access and expertise in relation to these new mechanisms are more likely to derive greater benefits from them (66). Other scholars have expressed significant concerns about the likely results of market actors being incorporated in a more thoroughgoing manner into environmental governance, which Liverman (115), among others, has called the “commodification of nature.” Greater efficiency in the utilization of natural resources, for many, is equivalent to higher rates of extraction and, thereby, brings up issues of intergenerational equity.

For scholars coming from a radical political economy perspective, there is no new approach to global environmental governance; rather, the supposed new mechanisms of governance are little more than a natural evolution of traditional regime politics because outsiders and disempowered groups continue to have little opportunity to participate in contemporary efforts at governance despite the greater incorporation of civil society actors (31). Here, the key differences between models of new global environmental governance and older conceptions of regime theory concern the role of and the importance accorded to members of global civil society, which is understood as a sphere of voluntary societal associations located above the individual and below the state as well as across state boundaries (31, 98). Ford (31) argues, for example, that the rhetoric of societal participation introduced by the Brundtland Report did little to change regime politics because it failed to democratize the negotiation process itself. New forms of global environmental governance, and their newly incorporated players, can be viewed simply as reflecting existing distributions of power rather than having changed anything fundamental. Indeed, global environmental governance is seen as being embedded in a neoliberal political economy, which is hegemonic in the neo-Gramscian sense that dominant power relations are maintained by consent as well as by coercion (31). In this sense, global environmental governance is part of a broader agenda of corporate interests developed to promote economic globalization and to regulate what both NGOs and nation states do (116). In a world of weak states, deterritorialized action, and concentrated power, corporate interests and multilateral organizations can control and reframe environmental action as a means to legitimize their model of development (117). These dominant interests place greater weight on the problem-solving aspect of new instruments rather than on ameliorating the unequal power relations that the new system also continues to preserve. Indeed, actors who are mostly responsible for nature's degradation are defining the terms of environmental protection. “Governance from below,” represented by the role of social movements and protests against organizations such as transnational corporations, the WTO, and the International Monetary Fund, is currently the only recognizable challenge, despite the risk that it too may be coopted (117).

In contrast, the inclusion of a wider array of social actors such as private and corporate interests is justified by the need to guarantee that veto players, whose “voice” or “exit” can jeopardize public action, agree with policy choices. The rationale is that if these elite actors are provided with a privileged space for participation, they will have no incentive to exert their veto power or obstruct the decision-making process. Moreover, the belief in the efficiency of market-led forms of governance to produce positive outcomes justifies compromising for the “greater good.” Radical political economists, however, argue that this is hardly a justification for legitimacy (39) and that the mere inclusion of more social actors does not necessarily make governance systems more democratic (118). Although advocates of new forms of governance argue that their democratic deficit is no worse than that of traditional representative democracy (39), critics point out that they fail to meet normative models of deliberative democracy whose fairness is grounded in the equal participation of all stakeholders. The opacity of governance networks may prevent the mass public from identifying and evaluating the role of specific agents, such as experts who play prominent roles in the building of relevant issues and action agendas. For example, in cases of environmental issues with potentially catastrophic impacts (e.g., global climate change), the predominance of “less than democratic” expert politics is justified in the name of the urgency and severity of the problem.

MAFIs and multilevel governance frameworks may also have negative effects on policy capacity, specifically in relation to environmental problems. In multilevel governance systems, the “denationalization” of statehood, reflected empirically in the “hollowing out” of the national state apparatus, reorganizes old and new capacities territorially and functionally—but not always for the better (119). Indeed, globalization and subnational challenges have led to the emergence of a rescaled state that simultaneously transfers power upward to supranational agencies and downward toward regional and local levels (120), changing the way policy-making capacity is distributed. This transfer of power to different levels of decision making may have already negatively affected policy capacity of the modern state (121). Hybrid modes of environmental governance and emerging partnerships across conventional divisions suggest that the state is not the only, and perhaps not even the most important, actor in governance (119). Yet, advocates of a bigger role for the state contend that, especially in cases where redistributive policy making becomes necessary (e.g., adaptation), it is unlikely that either the market or hybrid forms of governance will be able to accomplish much (122).

APPLICATIONS: CLIMATE CHANGE AND ECOSYSTEM DEGRADATION

The four themes we highlighted above and the framework for viewing emerging hybrid mechanisms of environmental governance are visible in the major problem areas related to the environment. Two significant arenas in which these themes and hybrid governance strategies are especially evident are global climate change and ecosystem degradation. An examination of these areas of environmental concern and crisis provides useful indications about the extent to which contemporary and emerging environmental governance approaches have the capacity to help address major problems.

Climate Change

Among the factors that challenge environmental governance structures, global climate change promises to be one of the most critical. As the need to design policies to respond to the negative impacts of climate change increases, more attention has been paid to emerging modes of environmental governance and to how they can increase the capacity of economic, social, and cultural systems to help humans mitigate and adapt to climatic change. Considering that climate is one of many stressors, the resilience of already overextended economic, political, and administrative institutions may decrease rapidly, especially in the more impoverished regions of the globe (22). Some signs of how environmental stresses may exacerbate governance challenges related to poverty, violence, and authoritarianism are already visible (1). Among the expected casualties of governance breakdown as a result of climate change may be economic growth, democratic institutions, and livelihood possibilities.

Responses to global climate change fall broadly into two main categories: those seeking to curb or stabilize the level of emissions of greenhouse gases into the atmosphere (mitigation) and those seeking to boost natural and human systems' resilience to prevent, respond, and recover from potential impacts of a changing climate (adaptation). Although at this point adaptation may be inevitable, its magnitude and range depends on how much mitigation is successfully implemented to prevent and avoid the most dangerous interference in the climate regime.

Many of the factors that make global climate change unique also make it complex. Global climate change is the quintessential multiscalar environmental problem; because greenhouse gases mix equally in the atmosphere, the costs of the negative effects of climate change are socialized at the global level, but the effects are likely to be felt at the local level. The fragmented and highly politicized nature of the causes of climate change means that it is extremely difficult to assign blame and target offenders. Effective responses to climate change are likely to require a diversity of actors and organizations across the state-society divide. The high level of uncertainty still involving the definition of the magnitude and character of the impacts of climate change in different human and natural systems and the fact they might not be felt for years also make it a politically and financially costly problem (33). Finally, the differences among those causing climate change (large producers of greenhouse gases) and those likely to be more negatively affected by it, including the global poor and natural and biological systems, make it unique in terms of the distribution of costs and benefits and bring up a whole host of equity and environmental justice questions (123). For example, although mitigation actions are likely to fall upon countries and sectors mostly responsible for the production of greenhouse gases, such as polluting corporations and developed countries, adaptation will be realized mostly by affected groups such as the poor, living in less-developed countries, or agencies entrusted with the task of building generic adaptive capacity to climate change such as local governments, NGOs, and aid organizations. In the literature on adaptation, most efforts to compare differential vulnerability identify already stressed countries and regions in Africa and South Asia and small island states as the most vulnerable (124, 125), but the primary burden of mitigation falls on developed countries under international regimes to curb greenhouse gas emissions, such as the Kyoto protocol (127).

MITIGATION 
The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) defines mitigation of global climate change as “an anthropogenic intervention to reduce the sources or enhance the sinks of greenhouse gases” (128). Mitigation of greenhouse gas emissions has been organized at the international level primarily through the entering into force of the Kyoto Protocol and has been realized at the national level through regulation and implementation of new governance mechanisms across the public-private divide. Mechanisms to mitigate global climate change range from technological fixes to the design of institutions that curb carbon emission practices. Five categories of strategies to mitigate carbon emissions are available: energy conservation, renewable energy, enhanced natural sinks, nuclear energy, and fossil carbon management. Yet the magnitude, complexity, and urgency of the climate change problem suggest that the implementation of any or of a combination of these strategies would require tremendous amounts of financial, human, and political capital (129).

Not surprisingly, the lack of capacity of nation states to implement such strategies (exemplified by the lackluster accomplishments of Kyoto to date) (130), and the general lack of confidence that this capacity will improve dramatically in the near future, suggests that a broader array of hybrid modes of governance is necessary to address global climate change. Comanagement and public-private partnerships in the implementation of Kyoto's Clean Development Mechanism and social-private partnerships to develop community-based carbon sequestration projects are a promising start (131, 132). Carbon taxes and joint development of fuel-efficient technology (e.g., FredomCAR, California Fuel Cell Partnership) are also examples of initiatives involving both public and private actors. Yet, despite the promise of effectiveness, many question the ability of hybrid modes of governance to address mitigation as fast and as broadly as necessary to defuse many of the most negative impacts of global climate change.

Already, in the implementation of mitigation policy, NGOs and businesses have played a particularly important role both in influencing the design and implementation of climate governance mechanisms. Although business interests have focused mostly on flexible mechanisms for carbon trading (see section on market-based mechanisms) and the pursue of fuel efficiency (in addition to playing an oppositional role to the implementation of emission-curbing strategies), NGOs have played a broader role in monitoring implementation and compliance of regulation, lobbying, raising equity issues, and providing scientific and technical knowledge (34, 127, 133, 134). One of the most effective ways NGOs have influenced the global climate change policy process has been through their role as knowledge producers and as members of information networks and epistemic communities seeking to affect the response process.

ADAPTATION 
The IPCC defines adaptation as an “adjustment in natural or human systems in response to actual or expected climatic stimuli or their effects, which moderates harm or exploits beneficial opportunities.” Vulnerability in turn is “a function of the character, magnitude, and rate of climate variation to which a system is exposed, its sensitivity, and its adaptive capacity” (128). Adaptive capacity, the third concept important to understand vulnerability to global climate change, is the “potential and capability to change to a more desirable state in the face of the impacts or risks of climate change” (135). It is the ability of a system to moderate and to adjust to global climate change-related damages. Adaptation policy considers the entitlements, assets, and resources that improve the capacity of this system to resist, cope, and recover from a given hazard.

To date, adaptive capacity indicators have been defined mostly at the national scale both because it is an appropriate level to make adaptation decisions and because it allows for comparison of vulnerability across countries (124). Although the reality of building adaptive capacity involves cascading decisions across scales and a diversity of private and public agents and organizations (136), because of the redistributive character of adaptive capacity building, the bulk of action is expected to fall over nation states (22).

At lower scales of government, global climate change critically intersects with decentralization not only in the assessment of different levels of vulnerability within countries but also in the design of policy to enhance adaptive capacity. For example, at the local level, vulnerability assessment (e.g., participatory vulnerability mapping) holds the promise of a more accurate understanding of the “character” of the vulnerability of specific social and human systems (137). At the global level, adaptation policy is influenced by the role that institutions such as the United Nations Framework Climate Change Convention play in coordinating international action, advancing rationales for compensation, and preparing for future impacts (123, 138).

In sum, the panoply of governance strategies related to global climate change are clearly difficult to view as being centered on any single category of social agent as depicted in Figure 1. Although it might have been argued a decade ago that nation states are the only actors who can generate effective measures to address climate change, it is evident that, although their involvement is necessary, they are not adequate to perform the task by themselves. The willing cooperation of civil society and market actors and changes in individual level actions are critically important to the successful implementation of the set of governance strategies that might have some prospect of being effective.

Ecosystem Degradation

Like climate change, ongoing and fundamental alterations of the relationship between humans and ecosystems pose a complex set of multiscalar challenges for environmental governance. Ecosystems and their services are the basis upon which human lives and all human actions are founded; thus it is not surprising that when examining human impacts on the environment, the Millennium Ecosystem Assessment (MEA) focused on ecosystem services. In this section, we draw upon this comprehensive assessment of ecosystems to pursue our arguments about changing forms of environmental governance. The MEA (1) categorized the range of benefits available to humans from ecosystems into “provisioning services such as food, water, timber, and fiber; regulating services that affect climate, floods, disease, wastes, and water quality; cultural services that provide recreational, aesthetic, and spiritual benefits; and supporting services such as soil formation, photosynthesis, and nutrient cycling.” This assessment concludes that humans have altered ecosystem services more comprehensively in the past half century than in any previous comparable period. Although these alterations in the relationships between humans and ecosystems have led to substantial net gains in economic development and well-being, 60% of ecosystem services are being degraded or used unsustainably. Not only are current use and management patterns unsustainable, they are increasing the likelihood of nonlinear and irreversible changes, such as disease emergence, fisheries collapse, alterations in water quality, and regional climate shifts. Finally, the costs of ongoing changes are being borne disproportionately by the poor, thereby contributing to growing disparities (1).

To address these changes, the MEA evaluates a range of potential responses and focuses especially on those that would (a) lead to institutional changes and governance patterns that can manage ecosystems effectively, (b) align market incentives better with the real costs of environmental services, (c) focus on particular social behavioral obstacles to better utilization of ecosystems, (d) promote more efficient technologies, (e) provide better knowledge about what is happening to ecosystems, and (f) improve the efficacy of environment-related decision making. Throughout the discussion of these responses, it is evident that the authors of the MEA simultaneously define the terrain of environmental governance quite narrowly and extremely broadly. They identify a specific set of responses, those having to do with institutional and governance-related changes, as properly the domain of environmental governance. Such responses include the integration of ecosystem goals into existing sectoral strategies, for example, in the poverty reduction strategies encouraged by the World Bank, increased emphasis on international environmental agreements and target setting, and greater accountability of environmental decision making.

But they treat environmental governance too narrowly in restricting its scope to specifically institutional responses. In fact, the entire set of responses they identify in relation to markets, social behaviors, technological innovation, and monitoring capacity is contingent on changes in governance. Indeed, without comprehensive changes in contemporary national policies, the basis on which market exchanges are organized, and the incentives on which individuals act, there is little reason to think that the real costs of negative environmental outcomes will be incorporated into economic decision making. Similar arguments are not difficult to advance in relation to desired technological changes, social behaviors, or cultural processes. Although we may, in part as a result of a particular division of social-scientific labors, view the world as being divided into economic, social, political, and cultural domains, shifts in human actions in all of these domains require a reconfiguration of the costs and benefits of given actions. In the absence of changes introduced through shifts in governance patterns, there is little likelihood that humans will change their economic, political, social, or cultural behaviors.

Precisely because of the social interconnections across what we view as local, regional, national, and global levels and what we categorize as the economic, political, social, and cultural domains, successful environmental governance strategies will require heightened cooperation of many different actors across these levels and domains. Thus, not only is it the case that human beings will be able to introduce manageable changes in ecosystems only through significant transformations in environmental governance strategies, it is also very likely that successful outcomes will hinge on environmental governance approaches that are founded upon heightened cooperation involving all actors in all three social locations identified in Figure 1: market, state, and community.

CONCLUSION

Our review of the changing terrain of environmental governance has emphasized four elements. One, we suggest that environmental governance signifies a wide set of regulatory processes, not just international governance mechanisms and their impacts at the international level or just the state and its agencies at the national and subnational levels. Two, we highlight the hybrid, multilevel, and cross-sectoral nature of emerging forms of governance. Our review examines in particular how environmental governance has changed since the 1960s. From a focus on specific agents of change such as state and market actors, advocates of effective environmental management came to view communities and local institutions as important actors to involve in governance. Especially in the past decade and a half, new sets of instruments of environmental governance have emerged. We identify three broad terms that denote these partnerships: comanagement as the form of collaboration between state agencies and communities, public-private partnerships between market actors and state agencies, and social-private partnerships between market actors and communities.

Three, we analyze how emerging forms of environmental governance that have become increasingly popular since the mid-1990s rely, on the one hand, on partnerships and, on the other hand, on the mobilization of individual incentives characteristic of market-based instruments of environmental regulation. Because they seek to gain the willing participation of a range of actors who would be subject to their regulatory effects, they are viewed by many observers as being amenable to more efficient implementation.

Greater efficiency in design and implementation of environmental governance instruments is undoubtedly a major concern of state authorities who may be under fiscal pressures and who may therefore find partnerships with market actors highly desirable. A partnership with private actors may also appear attractive to civil society actors and communities historically strapped for funding. However, a number of observers of changing environmental governance have raised concerns about the degree to which increasing recourse to market actors and processes undermines social goals related to higher levels of democratic participation, creates problems of unequal access to resources, and raises the specter of lack of accountability.

Finally, our review explores valid concerns about the unanticipated consequences of emerging forms of environmental governance. An ethical concern for democratic participation and more equitable outcomes in environmental governance is a welcome development when environmental governance mechanisms emphasize collaboration for greater efficiency. An exclusive focus on greater efficiency in emerging efforts at environmental governance, especially where natural resources are concerned, may yield the unanticipated outcome of increasing commodification of nature. The fact that human interventions in ecosystem processes are already leading to unsustainable use of more than 60% of ecosystems suggests that, together with greater efficiency, it is equally necessary to work toward restraint in human use of major ecosystems. The mobilization of individual incentives and their incorporation into innovative strategies of environmental governance is critical for efficient governance. However, effective environmental governance also requires the incorporation of knowledge about limits on aggregate levels of human activities that rely on high intensities of resource exploitation or lead to high levels of pollutant emissions. In designing and assessing strategies of environmental governance, it is critical therefore to focus not just on efficiency and equity, but also on criteria related to long-term sustainability and a concern for nature.

acknowledgments

In writing this review, we are indebted to many conversations and insights that proved instrumental in the development of our arguments. Jon Anderson, Charles Benjamin, Edwin Connorley, Benjamin Cousins, Aaron de Grassi, David Kaimowitz, James McCarthy, James Murombedzi, Ebrima Sall, Gill Shepherd, and Ann Thomas gave their time and ideas at short notice. Long-standing conversations with Jesse Ribot and Elinor Ostrom have shaped our arguments and views considerably, especially in relation to subnational forms of environmental governance. Comments from two anonymous reviewers and extensive responses from Duncan Macqueen on an earlier draft of the chapter are also gratefully acknowledged. Finally, we would like to thank Nate Engle for his careful reading of earlier versions of the chapter.

literature cited

  • 1. 
    Millenn. Ecosyst. Assess. 2005. Ecosystems and Human Well Being: Synthesis. Washington, DC: Island
    • Google Scholar
    Article Locations:
    • Article Location
    • Article Location
    • Article Location
    • Article Location
    • Article Location
  • 2. 
    Sonnenfeld DA, Mol APJ. 2002. Ecological modernization, governance, and globalization. Am. Behav. Sci. 45:1456–61
    • Crossref
    • Web of Science ®
    • Google Scholar
    Article Location
  • 3. 
    Evans P. 1996. Government action, social capital and development: reviewing the evidence on synergy. World Dev. 24:1119–32
    • Crossref
    • Web of Science ®
    • Google Scholar
    Article Location
    More AR articles citing this reference

    • Drugs, Violence, and the State

      Bryan R. Roberts and Yu ChenDepartment of Sociology, University of Texas, Austin, Texas 78712; email: [email protected], [email protected]
      Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 39: 105 - 125
      • ...The COP strategy contains crucial elements of Evans's (1996) concept of synergy in successful policy implementation between states and communities, ...
    • The Rise and Routinization of Social Capital, 1988–2008

      Michael WoolcockDevelopment Research Group, World Bank, Washington, DC 20433; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 13: 469 - 487
      • ...and that synergistic state-society relations were the key to realizing this (Evans 1996)....
    • Associations and Democracy: Between Theories, Hopes, and Realities

      Archon FungJohn F. Kennedy School of Government, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 29: 515 - 539
      • ...their accounts frequently emphasize different contributions of associations (Avritzer 2002, Diamond 1999, Evans 1996)....

  • 4. 
    Ostrom E. 2001. Vulnerability and polycentric governance systems. Update: Newsl. Int. Hum. Dimens. Program. Glob. Environ. Chang. 3 http://www.ihdp.unibonn.de/html/publications/update/IHDPUpdate01_03.html
    • Google Scholar
    Article Location
  • 5. 
    Jagers SC, Stripple J. 2003. Climate governance beyond the state. Glob. Gov. 9:385–99
    • Crossref
    • Web of Science ®
    • Google Scholar
  • 6. 
    Agrawal A. 2005. Environmentality: Technologies of Government and the Making of Subjects. Durham, NC: Duke Univ. Press
    • Crossref
    • Google Scholar
    Article Locations:
    • Article Location
    • Article Location
    • Article Location
    • Article Location
    More AR articles citing this reference

    • Land Tenure Transitions in the Global South: Trends, Drivers, and Policy Implications

      Thomas K. Rudel1 and Monica Hernandez21Departments of Human Ecology and Sociology, Rutgers University, New Brunswick, New Jersey 08901; email: [email protected]2Department of Geography, Rutgers University, Piscataway, New Jersey 08854
      Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 42: 489 - 507
      • ...In India the history of the forest sector would seem to fit the pattern outlined here (26, 61), ...
    • Urban Political Ecology

      Anne RademacherDepartment of Anthropology and Department of Environmental Studies, New York University, New York, NY 10003; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 44: 137 - 152
      • ...; and used the resulting insights as the basis for new thinking on the political formation of environmental subjects (Agrawal 2005)....
    • The Regulation of Environmental Space

      Steve Herbert, Brandon Derman, and Tiffany GrobelskiLaw, Societies, and Justice Program and Department of Geography, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195; [email protected]
      Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 9: 227 - 247
      • ...including the inculcation of particular responsibilities, and capacities of institutional and individual subjects (Agrawal 2005)....
    • The Anthropology of International Development

      David MosseSchool of Oriental and African Studies, University of London, London WC1H 0XG, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 42: 227 - 246
      • ...In Agrawal's (2005) longue-durée study of state-engendered environmental subjectivities (or environmentality) through community forestry (in Himalayan India), ...
    • Toward Principles for Enhancing the Resilience of Ecosystem Services

      Reinette Biggs,1,2 Maja Schlüter,1,3 Duan Biggs,4,5,6 Erin L. Bohensky,7 Shauna BurnSilver,8 Georgina Cundill,10 Vasilis Dakos,11 Tim M. Daw,1,12 Louisa S. Evans,4 Karen Kotschy,13 Anne M. Leitch,4,14 Chanda Meek,15 Allyson Quinlan,16 Ciara Raudsepp-Hearne,17 Martin D. Robards,18 Michael L. Schoon,9 Lisen Schultz,1 and Paul C. West191Stockholm Resilience Centre, Stockholm University, Stockholm 10691, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2Stellenbosch Institute for Advanced Study, Wallenberg Research Centre at Stellenbosch University, Stellenbosch 7600, South Africa3Department of Biology and Ecology of Fishes, Leibniz-Institute of Freshwater Ecology and Inland Fisheries, 12587 Berlin, Germany4Australian Research Council Centre of Excellence for Coral Reef Studies, James Cook University, Townsville, Queensland 4811, Australia; email: [email protected]5Scientific Services, South African National Parks, Skukuza 1350, South Africa6Centre of Excellence for Environmental Decisions, School of Biological Sciences, University of Queensland, Brisbane, Queensland 4072, Australia; email: [email protected]7Social and Economic Sciences Program, CSIRO Ecosystem Sciences, Townsville, Queensland 4811, Australia; email: [email protected]8School of Human Evolution and Social Change,9Complex Adaptive Systems Initiative, Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona 85287; email: [email protected], [email protected]10Department of Environmental Science, Rhodes University, Grahamstown 6140, South Africa; email: [email protected]11Department of Aquatic Ecology and Water Quality Management, Wageningen University, Wageningen, 6708 PB, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]12School of International Development, University of East Anglia, Norwich NR4 7TJ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]13Centre for Water in the Environment, University of the Witwatersrand, Johannesburg 2050, South Africa; email: [email protected]14CSIRO Sustainable Ecosystems, Brisbane, Queensland 4001, Australia; email: [email protected]15Department of Political Science, University of Alaska, Fairbanks, Alaska 99775; email: [email protected]16Department of Geography, Carleton University, Ottawa, Canada K1S 5B6; email: [email protected]17Geography Department, McGill University, Montreal, Quebec, Canada H3A 2K6; email: [email protected]18Wildlife Conservation Society, Fairbanks, Alaska 99775; email: [email protected]19Institute on the Environment, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota 55108; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 37: 421 - 448
      • ... and forests (94) is partly attributed to forms of management based on technical, ...
    • Community Forestry in Theory and Practice: Where Are We Now?

      Susan Charnley1 and Melissa R. Poe21USDA Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Research Station, Portland, Oregon 97205; email: [email protected]2Department of Anthropology, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 36: 301 - 336
      • ...increased participation can make local people stronger supporters of forest conservation (Agrawal 2005)....
    • Indigenous People and Environmental Politics

      Michael R. DoveSchool of Forestry Studies and Environmental Studies and Department of Anthropology, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut 06511-2189; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 35: 191 - 208
      • ...Agrawal (2005a) suggests the widely lauded granting of forest rights to villagers in India is really a way of making them into environmental subjects....

  • 7. 
    Hirst P, Thompson G. 2002. The future of globalization. Coop. Confl. 37:247–65
    • Crossref
    • Google Scholar
    Article Location
  • 8. 
    Newell P. 2002. Globalization and the Future State. Brighton, UK: Inst. Dev. Stud.
    • Google Scholar
  • 9. 
    Nye JS. 2001. Globalization's democratic deficit: how to make international institutions more accountable. Foreign Aff. 80:2–6
    • Crossref
    • Web of Science ®
    • Google Scholar
    Article Location
  • 10. 
    Staeger MB. 2002. Globalism. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield
    • Google Scholar
    Article Location
  • 11. 
    Appadurai A. 1996. Modernity at Large: Cultural Dimensions of Globalization. Minneapolis: Univ. Minn. Press
    • Google Scholar
    Article Location
    More AR articles citing this reference

    • Food: Location, Location, Location

      David BerissDepartment of Anthropology and Sociology, University of New Orleans, New Orleans, Louisiana 70115, USA; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 48: 61 - 75
      • ...Difficulties in defining what makes a location culturally meaningful have been explored by anthropologists for quite some time (Appadurai 1996, Gupta & Ferguson 1992, Low & Lawrence-Zúñiga 2003)....
    • Communicating Citizenship

      Alejandro I. PazDepartment of Anthropology, University of Toronto Scarborough, Toronto, Ontario M1C 1A4, Canada; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 48: 77 - 93
      • ...how mobile migrant populations could be incorporated into theories of transnationalism and globalization—part of “global flows” (Appadurai 1996)....
      • ...1970s world systems theory) and the question of how the culture concept and ethnographic writing could be used to describe the lives of people who were anchored to more than one place (e.g., Appadurai 1996, Gupta & Ferguson 1992, Hannerz 1996, Rouse 1995)....
    • The Anthropology of Populism: Beyond the Liberal Settlement

      William MazzarellaDepartment of Anthropology, University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois 60637, USA; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 48: 45 - 60
      • ...even as some of our informants continue to find pressing reasons to retain and revive them (Appadurai 1996, Gupta & Ferguson 1997)....
    • Intellectual Property, Piracy, and Counterfeiting

      Alexander S. DentDepartment of Anthropology, The George Washington University, Washington, DC 20052; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 45: 17 - 31
      • ...and mass media) promulgates the notion that modes of mediation in this day and age have outstripped natural circulatory limits; such perspectives sometimes find their way into earnest attempts to theorize something called globalization (Appadurai 1996)....
    • The Sociology of Consumption: Its Recent Development

      Alan WardeSchool of Social Sciences, University of Manchester, Manchester M13 9PL, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 41: 117 - 134
      • ...The debate was subsequently resolved in terms of counteracting tendencies of globalization and localization (e.g., Appadurai 1996, Robertson 1992), ...
    • The Anthropology of Radio Fields

      Lucas Bessire1 and Daniel Fisher21Department of Anthropology, The University of Oklahoma, Norman, Oklahoma 73019; email: [email protected]2Department of Anthropology, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720-3710; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 42: 363 - 378
      • ...attending to radio has also meant tuning in to a range of other registers of belonging that also characterize radio's animation of social life (Appadurai 1996)....
    • Gender and International Migration: Contributions and Cross-Fertilizations

      Gioconda HerreraFacultad Latinoamericana de Ciencias Sociales FLACSO-Ecuador, Quito, Ecuador; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 39: 471 - 489
      • ...Drawing on Appadurai's (1996) concept of imagination as social and not individual, ...
    • Law's Archive

      Renisa MawaniDepartment of Sociology, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, BC V6T 1Z1 Canada; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 8: 337 - 365
      • ...and abbreviated memos equally transformed writing practices and thus instituted distinct configurations of power (Appadurai 1996...
      • ...and recalling information without the copious quantities of paper that would require storage and organization in an unwieldy archive (Appadurai 1996, Cohn 1996)....
    • Language and Migration to the United States

      Hilary Parsons DickDepartment of Historical and Political Studies, Arcadia University, Glenside, Pennsylvania 19038; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 40: 227 - 240
      • ...is that for mobile populations such people-making is transnational, unfolding across nation-state borders (Appadurai 1996, Basch et al. 1994, Kearney 1995)....
      • ...it deterritorializes national chronotopes that construct peoples as bounded by territories (Appadurai 1996, Bhabba 1990, Gupta & Ferguson 1992), ...
    • Publics and Politics

      Francis CodyDepartment of Anthropology and Asian Institute, University of Toronto, Toronto, Ontario, M5S 3K7, Canada; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 40: 37 - 52
      • ...[1908]) is focused attention to the productive role of “social imaginaries” in giving substance to the articulation of mass-mediated subjectivities (Anderson 1983, Appadurai 1996, Calhoun 2002, Castoriadis 1987, Kaviraj 1992, Taylor 2004)....
    • Human Rights and Policing: Exigency or Incongruence?

      Julia HornbergerForced Migration Studies Programme (FMSP), University of the Witwatersrand, 2050 Johannesburg, South Africa; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 6: 259 - 283
      • ...While it undoubtedly gives depth and substance to the workings of the modern state, the concept of culture infers a bounded (Appadurai 1996)...
    • Ethnographic Approaches to Digital Media

      E. Gabriella ColemanDepartment of Media, Culture, and Communication, New York University, New York, NY 10003; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 39: 487 - 505
      • ...Although anthropologists published influential methodological and theoretical reflections on the cultural implications of digital media—many of which remain relevant even today (Appadurai 1996, Escobar 1994, Fischer 1999, Kirshenblatt-Gimblett 1996)—few scholars attempted to conduct ethnographic research primarily in terms of emergent digital technologies (for a few exceptions, ...
    • The Commodification of Language

      Monica HellerCREFO, OISE, University of Toronto, Toronto, Ontario M5S 1V6, Canada; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 39: 101 - 114
      • ...Theorists of the globalized new economy, such as Giddens (1990), Harvey (1989), Appadurai (1996), ...
    • Anthropology and Global Health

      Craig R. Janes and Kitty K. CorbettSimon Fraser University, Burnaby, British Columbia V5A 1S6, Canada; email: [email protected], [email protected]
      Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 38: 167 - 183
      • ...Lee's model merges with writing in anthropology and sociology that looks at globalization from the perspective of local, though not necessarily spatially bound, social contexts. Appadurai (1991, 1996), ...
      • ...Invoking the term technoscape, Appadurai (1996) refers to the “global configuration… of technology, ...
    • The Commodification of Intimacy: Marriage, Sex, and Reproductive Labor

      Nicole ConstableDepartment of Anthropology, University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15260; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 38: 49 - 64
      • ...anthropologists have paid attention to the intensification and complex interconnectivity of local and global processes (Appadurai 1996, Basch et al. 1994, Gupta & Ferguson 1992)....
    • Ethnicity, Race, and Nationalism

      Rogers BrubakerDepartment of Sociology, University of California, Los Angeles, California 90095; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 35: 21 - 42
      • ...these ongoing structural and cultural transformations point in the direction of a postnational (Soysal 1994; Appadurai 1996, ...
      • ...; Cohn 1987; Anderson 1991 [1983], chapter 10; Jackson & Maddox 1993; Appadurai 1996, ...
    • The Consequences of Economic Globalization for Affluent Democracies

      David Brady,1 Jason Beckfield,2 and Wei Zhao31Department of Sociology, Duke University, Durham, North Carolina 27708; email: [email protected]2Department of Sociology, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138; email: [email protected]3Department of Sociology, University of North Carolina, Charlotte, North Carolina 28223; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 33: 313 - 334
      • ...The concept of globalization has been deployed for wide-ranging purposes (Appadurai 1996, Guillén 2001, Sklair 2002)....
      • ...The literature on globalization and culture has tended to concentrate on cultural dimensions of globalization and has been led by cultural studies (e.g., Appadurai 1996)....
    • Transnational Legality and the Immobilization of Local Agency

      David SchneidermanFaculty of Law and Department of Political Science, University of Toronto, Toronto, Ontario M5S 2C5, Canada; Visiting Sabbatical Scholar, Georgetown University Law Center, Washington, DC 20001; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 2: 387 - 408
      • ...consumers are not so much actors as, at best, “choosers” (Appadurai 1996, ...
    • Food and Memory

      Jon D. HoltzmanDepartment of Anthropology, Western Michigan University, Kalamazoo, Michigan 49008; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 35: 361 - 378
      • ...in contrast with viewing nostalgia as a re-experiencing of emotional pasts it may also be seen as a longing for times and places that one has never experienced. Appadurai (1996) characterizes this as “armchair” nostalgia, ...
    • Indigenous People and Environmental Politics

      Michael R. DoveSchool of Forestry Studies and Environmental Studies and Department of Anthropology, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut 06511-2189; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 35: 191 - 208
      • ...Other analyses focus on the delocalizing impact of modernity (Appadurai 1996, Giddens 1984)...
    • COMMUNICABILITY, RACIAL DISCOURSE, AND DISEASE

      Charles L. BriggsDepartment of Anthropology, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720-3710; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 34: 269 - 291
      • ...Bourdieu's notion of a unified “linguistic market” fails to capture how different loci of symbolic and material capital operate in relative autonomy (Appadurai 1996) and how value is created and power exercised as discourse moves between sites....
    • New Technologies and Language Change: Toward an Anthropology of Linguistic Frontiers

      Susan E. CookDepartment of Anthropology, University of Pretoria,
      Pretoria, 0002
      , South Africa; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 33: 103 - 115
      • ...but also the impact of the information flows and mediascapes (Appadurai 1996) conveyed by them....
    • Language Revitalization and New Technologies: Cultures of Electronic Mediation and the Refiguring of Communities

      Patrick EisenlohrDepartment of Anthropology, Washington University,
      Saint Louis, Missouri 63130
      ; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 33: 21 - 45
      • ...as it intervenes in the relationship between mediascapes (Appadurai 1996) and the projection of communities....
    • Culture, Globalization, Mediation

      William MazzarellaDepartment of Anthropology, University of Chicago,
      Chicago, Illinois 60637
      ; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 33: 345 - 367
      • ...found a path back to ethnography by studying what Appadurai (1996) has called “the production of locality”—that is, ...
      • ...of a “twofold process of the particularization of the universal and the universalization of the particular” (Jameson & Miyoshi 1998, p. xi). Appadurai (1996), ...
      • ...Appadurai (1996), for example, highlights the disorienting “disjunctures” between conceptual entities—economy, ...
    • Consumers and Consumption

      Sharon ZukinDepartment of Sociology, Brooklyn College, and the Graduate Center, City University of New York, New York, NY 10016; email: [email protected] Jennifer Smith MaguireDepartment of Sociology, University of Leicester, Leicester, Leicestershire LE1 7RH, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
      Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 30: 173 - 197

    • 12. 
      Berger P, Huntington S. 2003. Many Globalizations: Cultural Diversity in the Contemporary World. New York: Oxford Univ. Press
      • Google Scholar
    • 13. 
      Held D, McGrew A. 2002. Globalization/Anti-Globalization. London: Polity
      • Google Scholar
      Article Location
    • 14. 
      Barkin JS. 2003. The counterintuitive relationship between globalization and climate change. Glob. Environ. Polit. 3:8–13
      • Crossref
      • Google Scholar
      Article Location
    • 15. 
      Frankel J. 2005. Climate and trade: links between the Kyoto Protocol and WTO. Environment 47:8–19
      • Crossref
      • Web of Science ®
      • Google Scholar
      Article Location
    • 16. 
      Santilli M, Moutinho P, Schwartzman S, Nepstad D, Curran L, Nobre C. 2005. Tropical deforestation and the Kyoto Protocol. Clim. Chang. 71:267–76
      • Crossref
      • Web of Science ®
      • Google Scholar
      More AR articles citing this reference

      • Reducing Emissions from Deforestation and Forest Degradation

        Arun Agrawal,1 Daniel Nepstad,2 and Ashwini Chhatre31School of Natural Resources and Environment, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48109; email: [email protected]2Amazon Environmental Research Institute (IPAM), International Program, San Francisco, California 941103Department of Geography, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, Urbana, Illinois 61801
        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 36: 373 - 396
        • ...The emphasis on compensation of nationwide reductions in emissions from deforestation, initially called “compensated reduction” (11), ...
        • ...The proposal built from existing conversations around the idea of avoided deforestation (11) and was quickly expanded to include forest degradation....
      • Terrestrial Vegetation in the Coupled Human-Earth System: Contributions of Remote Sensing

        Ruth DeFriesDepartment of Ecology, Evolution, and Environmental Biology, Columbia University, New York 10027; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 33: 369 - 390
        • ...The current policy debate about carbon credits for developing countries that reduce deforestation (68, 69)...
      • Health Impact Assessment of Global Climate Change: Expanding on Comparative Risk Assessment Approaches for Policy Making

        Jonathan Patz,1 Diarmid Campbell-Lendrum,2 Holly Gibbs,1 and Rosalie Woodruff31Center for Sustainability and the Global Environment (SAGE), Nelson Institute for Environmental Studies & Department of Population Health Sciences, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin 53706; email: [email protected], [email protected]2Department of Public Health and Environment, World Health Organization, CH-1211 Geneva 27, Switzerland; email: [email protected]3National Center for Epidemiology and Population Health, Australian National University, Canberra ACT 0200, Australia; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Public Health Vol. 29: 27 - 39
        • ...while providing financial incentives to developing countries to conserve forests (56)....

    • 17. 
      Roe E, Eeten MJG. 2004. Three—not two—major environmental counternarratives to globalization. Glob. Environ. Polit. 4:36–53
      • Crossref
      • Google Scholar
      Article Location
    • 18. 
      Liverman DM, Varady RG, Chavez O, Sanchez R. 1999. Environmental issues along the United States-Mexico border: drivers of change and responses of citizens and institutions. Annu. Rev. Energy Environ. 24:607–43
      • Link
      • Web of Science ®
      • Google Scholar
    • 19. 
      Harbine J. 2002. NAFTA chapter II arbitration: deciding on the price of free trade. Ecol. Law Q. 29:371–94
      • Web of Science ®
      • Google Scholar
    • 20. 
      Sanchez RA. 2002. Governance, trade, and the environment in the context of NAFTA. Am. Behav. Sci. 45:1369–93
      • Crossref
      • Web of Science ®
      • Google Scholar
      Article Location
      More AR articles citing this reference

      • Neoliberalism and the Environment in Latin America

        Diana M. Liverman and Silvina VilasEnvironmental Change Institute, Oxford University Center for the Environment, Oxford OX1 3QY, United Kingdom; email: [email protected], [email protected]
        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 31: 327 - 363
        • ...it is also accused of bias toward the United States and larger projects as well as of tokenism in participation (46, 47)....

    • 21. 
      Clark W. 2000. Environmental Globalization. In Governance in a Globalizing World, ed. JS Nye, JD Donahue, pp. 86–108. Washington, DC: Brookings Inst.
      • Google Scholar
      Article Locations:
      • Article Location
      • Article Location
      • Article Location
    • 22. 
      Eakin H, Lemos MC. 2006. Adaptation and the state: Latin America and the challenge of capacity-building under globalization. Glob. Environ. Chang. 16:7–18
      • Crossref
      • Web of Science ®
      • Google Scholar
      Article Locations:
      • Article Location
      • Article Location
      • Article Location
      More AR articles citing this reference

      • Adaptation to Environmental Change: Contributions of a Resilience Framework

        Donald R. Nelson,1,4 W. Neil Adger,1,2 and Katrina Brown1,31Tyndall Centre for Climate Change Research, 2School of Environmental Sciences, 3School of Development Studies, University of East Anglia, Norwich, NR4 7TJ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]4Bureau of Applied Research in Anthropology, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721
        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 32: 395 - 419
        • ...; and (d) the relative role of public and private actors in adaptation (26, 27)....

    • 23. 
      Jordan A, Wurtzel R, Zito AR. 2003. “New” environmental policy instruments: an evolution or a revolution in environmental policy? Environ. Polit. 12:201–24
      • Crossref
      • Web of Science ®
      • Google Scholar
      Article Locations:
      • Article Location
      • Article Location
      • Article Location
      • Article Location
      • Article Location
      • Article Location
    • 24. 
      Busch PO, Jorgens H, Tews K. 2005. The global diffusion of regulatory instruments: the making of a new international environmental regime. Ann. Am. Polit. Soc. Sci. 598:146–67
      • Crossref
      • Web of Science ®
      • Google Scholar
      Article Locations:
      • Article Location
      • Article Location
      • Article Location
      More AR articles citing this reference

      • Organizations, Regulation, and Economic Behavior: Regulatory Dynamics and Forms from the Nineteenth to Twenty-First Century

        Marc Schneiberg1, and Tim Bartley2,1Department of Sociology, Reed College, Portland, Oregon 97125; email: [email protected]2Department of Sociology, Indiana University-Bloomington, Bloomington, Indiana 47405; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 4: 31 - 61
        • ...and domestic political factors (see also Busch et al. 2005, Way 2005)....
      • Global Environmental Standards for Industry

        David P. Angel,1 Trina Hamilton,2 and Matthew T. Huber11School of Geography, Clark University, Worcester, Massachusetts 01610; email: [email protected], [email protected]2Department of Geography, State University of New York, Buffalo, New York 14261; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 32: 295 - 316
        • ...The logic is one of the geographical diffusion of an existing regulatory paradigm and the associated use of environmental standards (5)....

    • 25. 
      Heijden HA. 2006. Globalization, environmental movements, and international political opportunity structures. Organ. Environ. 19:28–45
      • Crossref
      • Web of Science ®
      • Google Scholar
      Article Location
    • 26. 
      Haas PM. 1989. Do regimes matter? Epistemic communities and Mediterranean pollution control. Int. Organ. 43:377–403
      • Crossref
      • Web of Science ®
      • Google Scholar
      Article Locations:
      • Article Location
      • Article Location
      • Article Location
      More AR articles citing this reference

      • Global Oceans Governance: New and Emerging Issues

        Lisa M. Campbell,1 Noella J. Gray,2 Luke Fairbanks,1 Jennifer J. Silver,2 Rebecca L. Gruby,3 Bradford A. Dubik,1 and Xavier Basurto11Nicholas School of the Environment, Duke University Marine Lab, Beaufort, North Carolina 28516; email: [email protected]2Department of Geography, University of Guelph, Guelph, Ontario NIG 2W1, Canada3Department of Human Dimensions of Natural Resources, Colorado State University, Fort Collins, Colorado 80523
        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 41: 517 - 543
        • ...determining what and how to govern and lending legitimacy to actors seeking influence (28...
      • Microfoundations of the Rule of Law

        Gillian K. Hadfield1 and Barry R. Weingast21Gould School of Law and Department of Economics, University of Southern California, Los Angeles, California 90089-0071; email: [email protected]2Department of Political Science and Hoover Institution on War, Revolution and Peace, Stanford University, Stanford, California 94305; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 17: 21 - 42
        • ...Other constructivist accounts focus on the importance of legal rules and institutions in structuring epistemic communities and transnational networks of both public and private actions to support compliance with international regulatory regimes (e.g., Haas 1989, Braithwaite & Drahos 2000, Slaughter 2004)....
      • The Global Diffusion of Public Policies: Social Construction, Coercion, Competition, or Learning?

        Frank Dobbin,1 Beth Simmons,2 and Geoffrey Garrett31Department of Sociology, 2Department of Government, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138; email: [email protected], [email protected]3Pacific Council on International Policy, Los Angeles, California 90089; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 33: 449 - 472
        • ...expert theorization happens when epistemic communities of policy experts theorize a new policy solution (Haas 1989, Strang & Meyer 1993)...
      • TAKING STOCK: The Constructivist Research Program in International Relations and Comparative Politics

        Martha Finnemore1, and Kathryn Sikkink21Political Science Department, George Washington University Funger Hall 625, Washington, D.C. 20052; e-mail: [email protected] 2Department of Political Science, University of Minnesota, 267 19th Avenue S., Minneapolis, Minnesota 55455; e-mail: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 4: 391 - 416
        • ...as does Finnemore's work (1993, 1996a) and Haas' earlier work on the Mediterranean clean-up endeavor (1989)....

    • 27. 
      Krasner SD, ed. 1983. International Regimes. Ithaca, NY: Cornell Univ. Press
      • Google Scholar
      Article Location
      More AR articles citing this reference

      • The Rise of International Regime Complexity

        Karen J. Alter1,2 and Kal Raustiala31Department of Political Science, Northwestern University, Chicago, Illinois 60611, USA; email: [email protected]2Centre of Excellence for International Courts (iCourts), Danish National Research Foundation, Copenhagen DK-2300, Denmark3School of Law and Ronald W. Burkle Center for International Relations, University of California, Los Angeles, California 90095, USA
        Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 14: 329 - 349
        • ...4This approach emerged in the 1980s when rationalist scholars began to apply game theory to understand international cooperation (Krasner 1983, Oye 1986)....
      • Twenty-First-Century Trade Agreements and the Owl of Minerva

        Bernard Hoekman1,2 and Douglas Nelson31European University Institute, Florence 50133, Italy; email: [email protected]2Center for Economic and Policy Research (CEPR), Washington, DC 20009, USA3Murphy Institute of Political Economy, Tulane University, New Orleans, Louisiana 70118, USA; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 10: 161 - 183
        • ...the political science literature has developed the analysis of this elite in terms of complex interdependence (Keohane & Nye 1977), regime theory (Krasner 1983), ...
      • Water Sustainability: Anthropological Approaches and Prospects

        Ben Orlove1 and Steven C. Caton21School of International and Public Affairs, Columbia University, New York, NY 10027; email: [email protected]2Department of Anthropology, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 39: 401 - 415
        • ...and decision-making procedures around which actors' expectations converge in a given area” (Krasner 1983, ...
      • World Society, Institutional Theories, and the Actor

        John W. MeyerDepartment of Sociology, Stanford University, Stanford, California 94305; email: [email protected]

        Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 36: 1 - 20
        • ...the term “organizational field” is employed to capture this (the parallel notion in political science is “regime,” as in Krasner 1983)....
      • Global Environmental Governance: Taking Stock, Moving Forward

        Frank Biermann and Philipp PattbergDepartment of Environmental Policy Analysis, Institute for Environmental Studies, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, 1081 HV Amsterdam, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]; [email protected]
        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 33: 277 - 294
        • ...The most relevant precursor of the current debate is the research program on international environmental regimes of the 1980s and 1990s (3...
      • Networking Goes International: An Update

        Anne-Marie Slaughter1 and David Zaring21Woodrow Wilson School, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08540; email: [email protected]edu 2Washington and Lee University School of Law, Lexington, Virginia 24450; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 2: 211 - 229
        • ...and decision-making procedures around which actors' expectations converge in a given [issue area]” (Krasner 1983, ...
        • ...are required to solve coordination problems (Martin 1992, Krasner 1983).] We might think of problems requiring networked solutions as “complex coordination and deliberation problems,” arising more often in an age of instant information and intense interconnectedness....
      • ACTORS, NORMS, AND IMPACT: Recent International Cooperation Theory and the Influence of the Agent-Structure Debate

        Kate O'Neill,1 Jörg Balsiger,1 and Stacy D. VanDeveer21Department of Environmental Science, Policy and Management, Division of Society and Environment, University of California at Berkeley, 135 Giannini Hall, Berkeley, California 94720–3312; email: [email protected];2Department of Political Science, University of New Hampshire, Durham, New Hampshire 03824
        Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 7: 149 - 175
        • ...new theoretical approaches emerged to explain it, particularly regime theory (Krasner 1983)...
        • ...the essays in International Regimes (Krasner 1983) further opened the field of cooperation theory....

    • 28. 
      Young OR. 1989. International Cooperation: Building Regimes for Natural Resources and the Environment. Ithaca, NY: Cornell Univ. Press
      • Google Scholar
      Article Location
      More AR articles citing this reference

      • The Rescaling of Global Environmental Politics

        Liliana B. Andonova1 and Ronald B. Mitchell21Department of Political Science, Graduate Institute of International and Development Studies, Geneva 21, 1211, Switzerland; email: [email protected]2Department of Political Science, University of Oregon, Eugene, Oregon 97403-1284; email: [email protected]
        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 35: 255 - 282
        • ...The small group of scholars that began focusing on international environmental politics in the 1970s expanded in the 1980s (34, 35, 36, 37, 38)....
        • ...Pathbreaking work by Young (37, 41) emphasized the role of states' structural and bargaining power in shaping collaborative outcomes, ...
      • Global Environmental Governance: Taking Stock, Moving Forward

        Frank Biermann and Philipp PattbergDepartment of Environmental Policy Analysis, Institute for Environmental Studies, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, 1081 HV Amsterdam, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]; [email protected]
        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 33: 277 - 294

      • 29. 
        Young OR. 2001. Inferences and indices: evaluating the effectiveness of international environmental regimes. Glob. Environ. Polit. 1:99–121
        • Crossref
        • Google Scholar
        Article Location
        More AR articles citing this reference

        • Methods and Global Environmental Governance

          Kate O'Neill,1 Erika Weinthal,2 Kimberly R. Marion Suiseeya,2 Steven Bernstein,3 Avery Cohn,4 Michael W. Stone,5 and Benjamin Cashore51Department of Environmental Science, Policy, and Management, University of California at Berkeley, California 94720; email: [email protected]2Nicholas School of the Environment, Duke University, Durham, North Carolina 27708; email: [email protected], [email protected]3Department of Political Science, University of Toronto, Toronto, Canada M5S 3G3; email: [email protected]4National Center for Atmospheric Research, Boulder, Colorado 80385; email: [email protected]5School of Forestry and Environmental Studies, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut, 06511; email: [email protected], [email protected]
          Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 38: 441 - 471
          • ...Only three articles were explicitly devoted to the topic of methods (Figure 1) (31...
        • The Political Ecology of Land Degradation

          Elina Andersson, Sara Brogaard, and Lennart OlssonLund University Center for Sustainability Science, S-22100 Lund, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
          Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 36: 295 - 319
          • ...and when the United Nations finally created the UNCCD in 1994, policy was seriously disconnected from science (1, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162)....
        • Global Environmental Governance: Taking Stock, Moving Forward

          Frank Biermann and Philipp PattbergDepartment of Environmental Policy Analysis, Institute for Environmental Studies, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, 1081 HV Amsterdam, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]; [email protected]
          Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 33: 277 - 294
          • ACTORS, NORMS, AND IMPACT: Recent International Cooperation Theory and the Influence of the Agent-Structure Debate

            Kate O'Neill,1 Jörg Balsiger,1 and Stacy D. VanDeveer21Department of Environmental Science, Policy and Management, Division of Society and Environment, University of California at Berkeley, 135 Giannini Hall, Berkeley, California 94720–3312; email: [email protected];2Department of Political Science, University of New Hampshire, Durham, New Hampshire 03824
            Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 7: 149 - 175
            • ...as well as methodological problems such as finding adequate data to measure environmental impacts (Bernauer 1995, Haas et al. 1993, Young 2001)....
            • ...in particular to assess the weight of the regime's impacts independent of other exogenous factors that influence outcomes (Helm & Sprinz 1999, Mitchell & Bernauer 1998, Sprinz 2000, Young 2001)....

        • 30. 
          Mitchell RB. 2003. International environmental agreements: a survey of their features, formation, and effects. Annu. Rev. Environ. Resour. 28:429–61
          • Link
          • Web of Science ®
          • Google Scholar
        • 31. 
          Ford LH. 2003. Challenging global environmental governance: social movement agency and global civil society. Glob. Environ. Polit. 3:120–34
          • Crossref
          • Google Scholar
          Article Locations:
          • Article Location
          • Article Location
          • Article Location
          • Article Location
          • Article Location
          • Article Location
          More AR articles citing this reference

          • ACTORS, NORMS, AND IMPACT: Recent International Cooperation Theory and the Influence of the Agent-Structure Debate

            Kate O'Neill,1 Jörg Balsiger,1 and Stacy D. VanDeveer21Department of Environmental Science, Policy and Management, Division of Society and Environment, University of California at Berkeley, 135 Giannini Hall, Berkeley, California 94720–3312; email: [email protected];2Department of Political Science, University of New Hampshire, Durham, New Hampshire 03824
            Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 7: 149 - 175
            • ...particularly international networks involved in various types of illegal trade and other crimes (Ford 2003)....

        • 32. 
          Stiglitz JE. 1999. The World Bank at the millennium. Econ. J. 109:F577–97
          • Crossref
          • Web of Science ®
          • Google Scholar
          Article Location
        • 33. 
          Hempel LC. 1996. Environmental Governance: The Global Challenge. Washington: Island
          • Google Scholar
          Article Locations:
          • Article Location
          • Article Location
          • Article Location
        • 34. 
          Gulbrandsen LH, Andresen S. 2004. NGO infuence in the implementation of the Kyoto Protocol: compliance, flexibility mechanisms, and sinks. Glob. Environ. Polit. 4:54–75
          • Crossref
          • Google Scholar
          Article Locations:
          • Article Location
          • Article Location
          More AR articles citing this reference

          • Treaty Compliance and Violation

            Beth SimmonsDepartment of Government, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138; email: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 13: 273 - 296
            • ...suggesting that participation by nonbusiness civil society groups can have a strong positive influence on compliance with multilateral environmental agreements (Bernhagen 2008; see also Gulbrandsen & Andresen 2004)....

        • 35. 
          Ruggie JG. 2003. Taking embedded liberalism global: the corporate connection. In Taming Globalization, ed. D Held, M Koenig-Archibugi, pp. 93–129. Cambridge, UK: Polity
          • Google Scholar
          Article Locations:
          • Article Location
          • Article Location
          • Article Location
        • 36. 
          Brunner R, Klein R. 1999. Harvesting experience: a reappraisal of the U.S. climate change action plan. Polit. Sci. 32:133–61
          • Google Scholar
          Article Location
        • 37. 
          Haas P. 2004. Addressing the global governance deficit. Glob. Environ. Polit. 4:1–15
          • Crossref
          • Google Scholar
          Article Location
          More AR articles citing this reference

          • The Rescaling of Global Environmental Politics

            Liliana B. Andonova1 and Ronald B. Mitchell21Department of Political Science, Graduate Institute of International and Development Studies, Geneva 21, 1211, Switzerland; email: [email protected]2Department of Political Science, University of Oregon, Eugene, Oregon 97403-1284; email: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 35: 255 - 282
            • ...decentralized international governance system [in which] more actors now engage in more governance functions at multiple levels of governance” (76, ...

        • 38. 
          Sanwal M. 2004. Trends in global environmental governance: the emergence of a mutual supportiveness approach to achieve sustainable development. Glob. Environ. Polit. 4:16–22
          • Crossref
          • Google Scholar
        • 39. 
          Papadopoulos Y. 2003. Cooperative forms of governance: problems of democratic accountability in complex environments. Eur. J. Polit. Res. 42:473–501
          • Crossref
          • Web of Science ®
          • Google Scholar
          Article Locations:
          • Article Location
          • Article Location
          • Article Location
          • Article Location
          • Article Location
          • Article Location
        • 40. 
          Schofer E, Hironaka A. 2005. The effects of world society on environmental protection outcomes. Soc. Forces 84:25–47
          • Crossref
          • Web of Science ®
          • Google Scholar
          Article Location
          More AR articles citing this reference

          • Climate Change and Society

            Thomas Dietz,1, Rachael L. Shwom,2, and Cameron T. Whitley3,1Sociology and Environmental Science and Policy Program, Michigan State University, East Lansing, Michigan 48824, USA; email: [email protected]2Human Ecology and Rutgers Energy Institute, Rutgers University, New Brunswick, New Jersey 08901, USA; email: [email protected]3Department of Sociology, Western Washington University, Bellingham, Washington 98225, USA; email: [email protected]
            Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 46: 135 - 158
            • ...and environmental treaty ratifications has a negative effect on CO2 emissions (Schofer & Hironaka 2005)....
          • New Directions for the Sociology of Development

            Jocelyn Viterna and Cassandra RobertsonDepartment of Sociology, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138; email: [email protected], [email protected]
            Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 41: 243 - 269
            • ...and scientific developments (Schofer 2003, Schofer & Hironaka 2005, Schofer & Meyer 2005)....
          • An Environmental Sociology for the Twenty-First Century

            David N. Pellow and Hollie Nyseth BrehmDepartment of Sociology, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55455; email: [email protected], [email protected]
            Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 39: 229 - 250
            • ...the principle of environmental protection became institutionalized in world society through models that were constructed and propagated through global cultural processes (see, for example, Frank et al. 2000, Schofer & Hironaka 2005)....
          • World Society, Institutional Theories, and the Actor

            John W. MeyerDepartment of Sociology, Stanford University, Stanford, California 94305; email: [email protected]

            Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 36: 1 - 20
            • Organizations, Regulation, and Economic Behavior: Regulatory Dynamics and Forms from the Nineteenth to Twenty-First Century

              Marc Schneiberg1, and Tim Bartley2,1Department of Sociology, Reed College, Portland, Oregon 97125; email: [email protected]2Department of Sociology, Indiana University-Bloomington, Bloomington, Indiana 47405; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 4: 31 - 61
              • ...whether rooted in large-N analyses (e.g., Schofer & Hironaka 2005) or case-based fieldwork (e.g., ...

          • 41. 
            Buhrs T. 2003. From diffusion to diffusion: the roots and effects of environmental innovation in New Zealand. Environ. Polit. 12:83–101
            • Crossref
            • Web of Science ®
            • Google Scholar
            Article Location
          • 42. 
            Claussen E. 2001. Global environmental governance: issues for the new US administration. Environment 43:29–34
            • Crossref
            • Web of Science ®
            • Google Scholar
            Article Location
          • 43. 
            Hardin G. 1978. Political requirements for preserving our common heritage. In Wildlife and America, ed. HP Brokaw, pp. 310–17. Washington, DC: Counc. Environ. Qual.
            • Google Scholar
            Article Locations:
            • Article Location
            • Article Location
          • 44. 
            Ophuls W. 1977. Ecology and the Politics of Scarcity: Prologue to a Political Theory of the Steady State. San Francisco: Freeman
            • Google Scholar
          • 45. 
            Anderson D, Grove R, ed. 1984. Conservation in Africa: People, Policies and Practice. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge Univ. Press
            • Google Scholar
            Article Location
          • 46. 
            Peluso NL, Vandergeest P. 2001. Genealogies of the political forest and customary rights in Indonesia. J. Asia. Stud. 60:761–812
            • Crossref
            • Web of Science ®
            • Google Scholar
            Article Location
            More AR articles citing this reference

            • Community Forestry in Theory and Practice: Where Are We Now?

              Susan Charnley1 and Melissa R. Poe21USDA Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Research Station, Portland, Oregon 97205; email: [email protected]2Department of Anthropology, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 36: 301 - 336
              • ...with negative consequences for forest peoples (e.g., Peluso & Vandergeest 2001, Sivaramakrishnan 1999)....

          • 47. 
            Wunsch JS, Olowu D. 1997. Regime transformation from below: decentralization, local governance, and democratic reform in Nigeria. Stud. Comp. Int. Dev. 31:66–82
            • Crossref
            • Web of Science ®
            • Google Scholar
            Article Location
          • 48. 
            Corbridge S. 1991. Third world development. Prog. Hum. Geogr. 15:311–21
            • Crossref
            • Web of Science ®
            • Google Scholar
            Article Location
          • 49. 
            Silver C. 2003. Do the donors have it right? Decentralization and changing local governance in Indonesia. Ann. Reg. Sci. 37:421–34
            • Crossref
            • Web of Science ®
            • Google Scholar
            Article Location
          • 50. 
            Peluso NL. 1992. Rich Forests, Poor People: Resource Control and Resistance in Java. Berkeley: Univ. Calif. Press
            • Crossref
            • Google Scholar
            Article Location
            More AR articles citing this reference

            • Commons Movements: Old and New Trends in Rural and Urban Contexts

              Sergio Villamayor-Tomas1 and Gustavo A. García-López21Institute of Environmental Science and Technology, Autonomous University of Barcelona, 08193 Barcelona, Spain; email: [email protected]2Center for Social Studies, University of Coimbra, 3000-104 Coimbra, Portugal; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 46:
              • ...as well as the primary role marginalized, resource-dependent populations had in mobilizing to defend their rights (49...
            • Land Tenure Transitions in the Global South: Trends, Drivers, and Policy Implications

              Thomas K. Rudel1 and Monica Hernandez21Departments of Human Ecology and Sociology, Rutgers University, New Brunswick, New Jersey 08901; email: [email protected]2Department of Geography, Rutgers University, Piscataway, New Jersey 08854
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 42: 489 - 507
              • ...In Java the Dutch colonial regime took control of the commercially valuable teak forests (27)....
              • ...Outside of these sectors the colonial regimes granted concessions for the exploitation of natural resources such as timber (27, 28)....
            • Community Forestry in Theory and Practice: Where Are We Now?

              Susan Charnley1 and Melissa R. Poe21USDA Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Research Station, Portland, Oregon 97205; email: [email protected]2Department of Anthropology, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 36: 301 - 336
              • ...The causes of deforestation and forest degradation are many and complex (J.F. McCarthy 2006, Peluso 1992, Rudel 2005, Sponsel et al. 1996, Vandermeer & Perfecto 2005, Wood & Porro 2002). ...
            • Sustainable Governance of Common-Pool Resources: Context, Methods, and Politics

              Arun AgrawalDepartment of Political Science, McGill University, Montréal, Québec H3A 2T7, Canada; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 32: 243 - 262
              • ...The emergence of new institutions thus is a highly political affair (Gibson 1999, Peluso 1992)....
            • Closing the “Great Divide”: New Social Theory on Society and Nature

              Michael Goldman and Rachel A. SchurmanDepartment of Sociology, University of Illinois, Urbana, Illinois 61801; email: [email protected], [email protected]
              Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 26: 563 - 584
              • ...and the cultural construction of meaning was Nancy Peluso's (1992) pioneering study of the struggle between the Indonesian State and forest dwellers over the Indonesian teak forests....
            • Environments and Environmentalisms in Anthropological Research: Facing a New Millennium

              Paul E. LittleDepartment of Anthropology, University of Brasilia, Caixa Postal 04304, Brasilia, DF, Brazil; e-mail: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 28: 253 - 284
              • ...Peluso (1992) analyzes the many confrontations between the “cultures of control” of state forestry agencies and the “cultures of resistance” of forest-based peasant groups that have been involved for centuries in struggles for the control of land, ...
            • ANTHROPOLOGY AND THE CONSERVATION OF BIODIVERSITY

              Benjamin S. OrloveDivision of Environmental Studies, University of California, Davis, California 95616 Stephen B. BrushDepartment of Human & Community Development, University of California, Davis, California 95616
              Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 25: 329 - 352
              • ...which established forest preserves for the management of timber resources (115)...
              • ...Particular attention has been paid to hunting (3, 4), herding (68), and forest management (45, 115, 125)....
              • ...and the expansion of the market economy and spatial integration of different regions (115)....

          • 51. 
            Ostrom E. 1990. Governing the Commons: The Evolution of Institutions for Collective Action. New York: Cambridge Univ. Press
            • Crossref
            • Google Scholar
            Article Location
            More AR articles citing this reference

            • On the Coevolution of Economic and Ecological Systems

              Simon Levin1 and Anastasios Xepapadeas2,31Department of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08544, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of International and European Studies, Athens University of Economics and Business, Athens 104 34, Greece; email: [email protected]3Department of Economics, University of Bologna, 40126 Bologna, Italy
              Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 13: 355 - 377
              • ...These are familiar problems in economics (Ostrom 1990, Samuelson & Nordhaus 1989)...
            • The Sharing Economy: Rhetoric and Reality

              Juliet B. Schor1 and Steven P. Vallas21Department of Sociology, Boston College, Chestnut Hill, Massachusetts 02467, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of Sociology and Anthropology, Northeastern University, Boston, Massachusetts 02115, USA; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 47: 369 - 389
              • ...Elinor Ostrom's (1990) Governing the Commons showed that humans can share resources such as water and forests and achieve ecological and social sustainability over hundreds of years....
              • ...Discourse analysis associated with the French group Oui Share found four main framings—commons sharing (Ostrom 1990), ...
            • Emerging Issues in Decentralized Resource Governance: Environmental Federalism, Spillovers, and Linked Socio-Ecological Systems

              William ShobeFrank Batten School of Leadership and Public Policy, University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Virginia 22903, USA; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 12: 259 - 279
              • ...There are numerous links between this adaptation literature and the explicitly economic treatment of local and polycentric governance of common pool resources (Folke et al. 2005, Ostrom 1990)....
              • ...Local jurisdictions often form the locus of social identity, preferences, and behavioral norms (Ostrom 1990)....
            • Global Groundwater Sustainability, Resources, and Systems in the Anthropocene

              Tom Gleeson,1 Mark Cuthbert,2,3 Grant Ferguson,4 and Debra Perrone51Department of Civil Engineering and School of Earth and Ocean Sciences, University of Victoria, British Columbia V8W 3P5, Canada; email: [email protected]2School of Earth and Ocean Sciences and Water Research Institute, Cardiff University, Cardiff CF10 3AT, United Kingdom3Connected Waters Initiative Research Centre, University of New South Wales, Sydney, New South Wales 2052, Australia4Department of Civil, Geological and Environmental Engineering, University of Saskatchewan, Saskatoon, Saskatchewan S7N 5E5, Canada5Environmental Studies Program, University of California, Santa Barbara, California 93106-1100, USA
              Annual Review of Earth and Planetary Sciences Vol. 48: 431 - 463
              • ...given current knowledge and technology; and (e) economic characteristics such as rivalry and excludability (Ostrom 1990)....
            • Understanding Multilateral Institutions in Easy and Hard Times

              Robert O. KeohaneWoodrow Wilson School of Public and International Affairs, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08540, USA; email: [email protected]

              Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 23: 1 - 18
              • ...In reading her path-breaking volume, Governing the Commons (Ostrom 1990), I had noticed the similarity between her design principles and my own emphasis in After Hegemony on reciprocity....
            • Illegal Wildlife Trade: Scale, Processes, and Governance

              Michael ‘t Sas-Rolfes,1,2 Daniel W.S. Challender,1,3 Amy Hinsley,1,3 Diogo Veríssimo,1,3,4 and E.J. Milner-Gulland1,31Oxford Martin Program on the Illegal Wildlife Trade, Oxford Martin School, University of Oxford, Oxford OX1 3BD, United Kingdom; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2School of Geography and the Environment, University of Oxford, Oxford OX1 3QY, United Kingdom3Department of Zoology, University of Oxford, Oxford OX1 3SZ, United Kingdom4Institute for Conservation Research, San Diego Zoo Global, Escondido, CA 92027, USA
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 44: 201 - 228
              • ...as subsequently elucidated by the work of Elinor Ostrom and others (58, 59)....
            • Ecotourism for Conservation?

              Amanda L. Stronza,1 Carter A. Hunt,2 and Lee A. Fitzgerald31Applied Biodiversity Science Program and Departments of Recreation, Park and Tourism Sciences, and Anthropology, Texas A&M University, College Station, Texas 77843-2261, USA; email: [email protected]2Recreation, Park, and Tourism Management, and Anthropology, The Pennsylvania State University, University Park, Pennsylvania 16802, USA3Applied Biodiversity Science Program and Department of Wildlife and Fisheries Sciences, Texas A&M University, College Station, Texas 77843-2258, USA
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 44: 229 - 253
              • ...too many tourists “ruining” a “pristine” habitat); the challenge of subtraction is keeping single users from diminishing or degrading the resource for all others (i.e., hunting or harassing wildlife makes it scarce and skittish) (156, 157)....
            • Collective Rights–Based Fishery Management: A Path to Ecosystem-Based Fishery Management

              Daniel S. HollandConservation Biology Division, Northwest Fisheries Science Center, National Marine Fisheries Service, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, Seattle, Washington, 98112, USA; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 10: 469 - 485
              • ...have been found to be effective and potentially more practical in some cases (Ostrom 1990, Ostrom et al. 1994)...
              • ...Case studies and meta-analyses of collectives formed to manage common pool resources led Ostrom (1990) to identify a number of design principles that can be critical in enabling formation and success of collectives....
              • ...A cohesive group with a formal contract and monitoring and enforcement capabilities is likely to be more effective than a nonbinding group agreement relying on voluntary actions (Dawson & Segerson 2008, Little et al. 2015, Segerson 2013). Ostrom (1990) notes that, ...
            • Social Norms and the Environment

              Karine NyborgDepartment of Economics, University of Oslo, NO-0317 Oslo, Norway; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 10: 405 - 423
              • ...researchers focused their attention on markets and formal institutions such as property rights, direct regulation, and market-based policy instruments. Ostrom (1990) demonstrated forcefully, ...
              • ...As indicated by Ostrom's (1990) work, passive resignation is not the only possible response by people affected by market failures....
              • ...for example, by suggesting policy advice undermining existing informal arrangements (Ostrom 1990, 2000)....
            • The Genomic Commons

              Jorge L. Contreras1 and Bartha M. Knoppers21S.J. Quinney College of Law and School of Medicine, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah 84112, USA; email: [email protected]2Centre of Genomics and Policy and Department of Medicine, McGill University, Montreal, Quebec H3A 0G1, Canada; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Genomics and Human Genetics Vol. 19: 429 - 453
              • ... and the more complex construct of “common pool resources” pioneered by Elinor Ostrom and other new institutional economic theorists (8, 104).2 The public availability of genomic data has yielded advances in medical genetics, ...
              • ...organized according to the categories laid out in Ostrom's Institutional Analysis and Development (IAD) framework (104), ...
            • Radical Decentralization: Does Community-Driven Development Work?

              Katherine CaseyGraduate School of Business, Stanford University, Stanford, California 94305, USA; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Economics Vol. 10: 139 - 163
              • ... on capabilities and agency and Ostrom (1990, 2000) on social capital and collective action, ...
            • Legitimacy in Areas of Limited Statehood

              Thomas Risse and Eric StollenwerkOtto Suhr Institute of Political Science, Freie Universität Berlin, 14195 Berlin, Germany; email: [email protected], [email protected]
              Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 21: 403 - 418
              • ...Personalized trust based on face-to-face interactions enables overcoming collective action problems in local communities (see Ostrom 1990, Ostrom et al. 1994) and is a powerful source for the legitimacy of governance institutions....
            • The Other Side of Taxation: Extraction and Social Institutions in the Developing World

              Ellen Lust1 and Lise Rakner2,31Department of Political Science, University of Gothenburg, Gothenburg 40530, Sweden; email: [email protected]2Department of Comparative Politics, University of Bergen, Bergen 5007, Norway; email: [email protected]3Chr. Michelsen Institute, Bergen 5892, Norway
              Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 21: 277 - 294
              • ...which include the rules that govern extraction—including the obligation to contribute and the costs of transgression. Ostrom (1990) convincingly argues that community norms, ...
            • Collective Action Theory and the Dynamics of Complex Societies

              Elizabeth DeMarrais1 and Timothy Earle21Department of Archaeology and Anthropology, University of Cambridge, Cambridge CB2 3DZ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]2Department of Anthropology, Northwestern University, Evanston, Illinois 60208; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 46: 183 - 201
              • ...shaped by norms, culture, and ideology (among many factors) (Hardin 1982, 1991; Hechter 1983, 1987, 1990a,b; Lichbach 1994a,b; Ostrom 1986, 1990...
            • Law, Innovation, and Collaboration in Networked Economy and Society

              Yochai BenklerBerkman Klein Center for Internet and Society, Harvard Law School, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 13: 231 - 250
              • ...Ostrom (1990) and others documented and systematized long-standing common property regimes used, ...
            • Formal and Informal Contracting: Theory and Evidence

              Ricard Gil1 and Giorgio Zanarone21Johns Hopkins Carey Business School, Baltimore, Maryland 21202; email: [email protected]2CUNEF, Madrid, 28040 Spain; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 13: 141 - 159
              • ...rather than by courts—in both business and social relationships (Ellickson 1991, Macaulay 1963, Macneil 1978, Milgrom et al. 1990, Ostrom 1990)....
            • Spillovers from Conservation Programs

              Alexander Pfaff1 and Juan Robalino21Sanford School of Public Policy, Duke University, Durham, North Carolina 27708; email: [email protected]2Escuela de Economía, Universidad de Costa Rica, 2060 San José, Costa Rica; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 9: 299 - 315
              • ...they tend to reach agreements about resource extraction with better social outcomes (Cardenas et al. 2000, Ostrom 1990)....
            • Sharing Data to Build a Medical Information Commons: From Bermuda to the Global Alliance

              Robert Cook-Deegan,1 Rachel A. Ankeny,2 and Kathryn Maxson Jones31School for the Future of Innovation in Society, Arizona State University, Washington, DC 20009; email: [email protected]2School of Humanities, University of Adelaide, Adelaide, South Australia 5005, Australia3Program in History of Science, Department of History, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08544
              Annual Review of Genomics and Human Genetics Vol. 18: 389 - 415
              • ...The 1990 joint plan for the NIH and DOE echoed this message but similarly failed to provide a timeline for sharing among collaborators (26, 50, 66, 123, 145, 147, 161, 172)....
              • ...Ostrom's earlier work focused on natural resource depletion (123, 125)....
            • Toward a Sociology of Privacy

              Denise Anthony,1 Celeste Campos-Castillo,2 and Christine Horne31Department of Sociology, Dartmouth College, Hanover, New Hampshire 03755; email: [email protected]2Department of Sociology, University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53211; email: [email protected]3Department of Sociology, Washington State University, Pullman, Washington 99163; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 43: 249 - 269
              • ... and undermines existing rules (Keizer et al. 2008), whereas ignorance of violations maintains norms (Kitts 2003, Ostrom 1990)....
            • Corporate Environmentalism: Motivations and Mechanisms

              Elizabeth Chrun,1 Nives Dolšak,2 and Aseem Prakash11Department of Political Science, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195; email: [email protected]2School of Marine and Environmental Affairs, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 41: 341 - 362
              • ...1See Ostrom's (20) critique of relying on “the state” or “the market” for correcting over exploitation of communitarian resources....
            • Carbon Lock-In: Types, Causes, and Policy Implications

              Karen C. Seto,1 Steven J. Davis,2 Ronald B. Mitchell,3 Eleanor C. Stokes,1 Gregory Unruh,4 and Diana Ürge-Vorsatz51Yale School of Forestry and Environmental Studies, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut 06511; email: [email protected]2Department of Earth System Science, University of California, Irvine, California 926973Department of Political Science and Program in Environmental Studies, University of Oregon, Eugene, Oregon 974034New Century College, George Mason University, Fairfax, Virginia 220305Center for Climate Change and Sustainable Energy Policy, Central European University, 1051 Budapest, Hungary
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 41: 425 - 452
              • ...scholars have shown that overcoming institutional lock-in is possible but requires propitious circumstances and exogenous shocks that galvanize stakeholder attention and create a window of opportunity (65)....
            • Well-Being Dynamics and Poverty Traps

              Christopher B. Barrett,1 Teevrat Garg,2,3 and Linden McBride11Charles H. Dyson School of Applied Economics and Management, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14853; email: [email protected], [email protected]2Grantham Research Institute on Climate Change and Environment, London School of Economics, London, WC2A 2AE, United Kingdom3School of Global Policy and Strategy, University of California, San Diego, La Jolla, California 92093; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 8: 303 - 327
              • ...degrading the resource below a recoverable threshold and compromising communities' future livelihoods (Baland & Platteau 1996, Hardin 1968, Ostrom 1990)....
            • Resource-Dependent Livelihoods and the Natural Resource Base

              Elizabeth J.Z. RobinsonSchool of Agriculture, Policy, and Development, University of Reading, Reading RG6 6AR, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 8: 281 - 301
              • ...functioning institutions are almost certainly required to manage the resources over the long-term. Ostrom's (1990) seminal work on common property regimes for managing common-pool resources provides numerous examples of communities actively managing the resource base and thus avoiding excess degradation....
            • Safe Drinking Water for Low-Income Regions

              Susan Amrose,1 Zachary Burt,2 and Isha Ray21Civil and Environmental Engineering,2Energy and Resources Group, University of California, Berkeley, Berkeley, California 94720; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 40: 203 - 231
              • ...These characteristics reflect Ostrom's (56) classic work on how to govern common resources, ...
            • Opportunities for and Alternatives to Global Climate Regimes Post-Kyoto

              Axel MichaelowaInstitute of Political Science, University of Zurich, 8050 Zurich, Switzerland; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 40: 395 - 417
              • ...including monitoring of the resource status and sanctions commensurate with the level of the damage (10)....
            • A Conversation with Douglass North

              Douglass C. North,1 Gardner Brown,2,3 and Dean Lueck4 1Department of Economics, Washington University, St. Louis, Missouri 63130 2Department of Economics, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195; email: [email protected] 3Resources for the Future, Washington, DC 20036 4Department of Agricultural and Resource Economics, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 7: 1 - 10
              • ...and her work (particularly Ostrom 1990) ultimately influenced many resource economists....
            • Gender and Sustainability

              Ruth Meinzen-Dick, Chiara Kovarik, and Agnes R. QuisumbingInternational Food Policy Research Institute, Washington, DC 20006; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 39: 29 - 55
              • ...Particularly important are the notions of appropriation and provision (28): Sustainability requires limits on extraction or exploitation of the resource (appropriation), ...
            • Networks and the Challenge of Sustainable Development

              Adam Douglas Henry1 and Björn Vollan21School of Government and Public Policy, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721-0027; email: [email protected]2Department of Public Finance, University of Innsbruck, A-6020 Innsbruck, Austria; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 39: 583 - 610
              • ...in which resource users successfully develop and enforce shared rules about the management and use of a CPR (25)....
              • ...This concept of linking ties relates to Ostrom's (25) observation that governance takes place within a series of nested enterprises....
            • Agent-Based Models

              Scott de Marchi1 and Scott E. Page21Department of Political Science, Duke University, Durham, North Carolina 27708; email: [email protected]2Center for the Study of Complex Systems, Departments of Political Science and Economics, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48106; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 17: 1 - 20
              • ...This provides a partial answer to why researchers like Ostrom (1990) find that cooperation (i.e., ...
            • Microfoundations of the Rule of Law

              Gillian K. Hadfield1 and Barry R. Weingast21Gould School of Law and Department of Economics, University of Southern California, Los Angeles, California 90089-0071; email: [email protected]2Department of Political Science and Hoover Institution on War, Revolution and Peace, Stanford University, Stanford, California 94305; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 17: 21 - 42
              • ...this literature examines settings where centralized government control is missing or weak. Ostrom (1990)...
            • The Internship Imbalance in Professional Psychology: Current Status and Future Prospects

              Robert L. HatcherThe Graduate Center–City University of New York, New York 10016; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Clinical Psychology Vol. 10: 53 - 83
              • ...Frequently cited examples of such resources include water supplies, fish stocks, and grazing areas (Ostrom 1990, Parks et al. 2013), ...
              • ...and serious losses, especially to less advantaged participants (Dietz et al. 2002, 2003; Ostrom 1990...
              • ...Ostrom and colleagues presented numerous studies of the various governance structures in use currently and historically around the world to provide effective management of common-pool resources and forestall the tragedy of the commons (e.g., Dietz et al. 2002, Ostrom 1990...
              • ...and place limits on each user's take from the resource (e.g., Dietz et al. 2003, Ostrom 1990)....
              • ...numerous examples exist of overly rigid and centralized government management systems that have brought ruin to common-pool resource management (Ostrom 1990)....
              • ...programs using alternative resources may appear to be free riders (Delton et al. 2012, Hatcher 2011a, Ostrom 1990) who take advantage of a common good without bearing their share of the cost of doing so (prominent among many costs is the risk of unplaced applicants with nowhere to go)....
            • Market Instruments for the Sustainability Transition

              Edward A. Parson1 and Eric L. Kravitz21School of Law, University of California, Los Angeles, California 90095; email: [email protected]2School of Natural Resources and Environment, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48109; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 38: 415 - 440
              • ...which define people's perceived obligations and expectations and so influence behavior by internalized norms or social enforcement (13–16)....
            • Economic Institutions and the State: Insights from Economic History

              Henning HillmannDepartment of Sociology, School of Social Sciences, University of Mannheim, D-68159 Mannheim, Germany; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 39: 251 - 273
              • ...whether political, social, or economic.” Ostrom (1990) offers a more comprehensive definition, ...
              • ...and what payoffs will be assigned to individuals dependent on their actions” (Ostrom 1990, ...
            • The Political Economy of Fishery Reform

              Corbett A. Grainger and Dominic P. ParkerDepartment of Agricultural and Applied Economics, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin 53706; email: [email protected], [email protected]
              Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 5: 369 - 386
              • ...Considerable confusion about the distinction between the two terms has clouded academic discourse and misguided policy reforms (see Ostrom 1990)....
            • Social Networks and the Environment

              Julio ViderasEconomics Department, Hamilton College, Clinton, New York 13323; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 5: 211 - 226
              • ...Among the findings by Ostrom (1990), an insight that challenges the neoclassical concept of isolated economic agents is that the type and nature of social networks and norms can influence a community’s ability to manage successfully its finite resources....
            • Why Social Relations Matter for Politics and Successful Societies

              Peter A. Hall and Michèle LamontMinda de Gunzburg Center for European Studies, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138; email: [email protected], [email protected]
              Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 16: 49 - 71
              • ...They may entail cooperation to resolve common pool resource problems of the sort Ostrom (1990, 2005) has investigated....
              • ...Ostrom (1990) and others have shown that systems for monitoring and sanctioning defections from cooperative behavior can be important to such capacities....
            • Green Clubs: Collective Action and Voluntary Environmental Programs

              Matthew Potoski1 and Aseem Prakash21Bren School of Environmental Science and Management, University of California, Santa Barbara, California 93106; email: [email protected]2Department of Political Science, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 16: 399 - 419
              • ...As Ostrom (1990) suggested, institutionalist scholars need to study rules on the ground (operational choice rules) as well as the rules to make rules (collective choice rules)....
              • ...As Ostrom (1990) emphasized, scholars need to look for solutions beyond the monolithic categories of “the state” or “the market” to develop policy instruments that harness the strengths of each while avoiding their pitfalls....
            • Evolutionary Psychology: New Perspectives on Cognition and Motivation

              Leda Cosmides1 and John Tooby21Department of Psychological & Brain Sciences and Center for Evolutionary Psychology and2Department of Anthropology and Center for Evolutionary Psychology, University of California, Santa Barbara, California 93106; email: [email protected], [email protected]
              Annual Review of Psychology Vol. 64: 201 - 229
              • ...and even politics (Olson 1965, Brewer & Kramer 1986, Ostrom 1990, Price et al. 2002)....
            • Toward Principles for Enhancing the Resilience of Ecosystem Services

              Reinette Biggs,1,2 Maja Schlüter,1,3 Duan Biggs,4,5,6 Erin L. Bohensky,7 Shauna BurnSilver,8 Georgina Cundill,10 Vasilis Dakos,11 Tim M. Daw,1,12 Louisa S. Evans,4 Karen Kotschy,13 Anne M. Leitch,4,14 Chanda Meek,15 Allyson Quinlan,16 Ciara Raudsepp-Hearne,17 Martin D. Robards,18 Michael L. Schoon,9 Lisen Schultz,1 and Paul C. West191Stockholm Resilience Centre, Stockholm University, Stockholm 10691, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2Stellenbosch Institute for Advanced Study, Wallenberg Research Centre at Stellenbosch University, Stellenbosch 7600, South Africa3Department of Biology and Ecology of Fishes, Leibniz-Institute of Freshwater Ecology and Inland Fisheries, 12587 Berlin, Germany4Australian Research Council Centre of Excellence for Coral Reef Studies, James Cook University, Townsville, Queensland 4811, Australia; email: [email protected]5Scientific Services, South African National Parks, Skukuza 1350, South Africa6Centre of Excellence for Environmental Decisions, School of Biological Sciences, University of Queensland, Brisbane, Queensland 4072, Australia; email: [email protected]7Social and Economic Sciences Program, CSIRO Ecosystem Sciences, Townsville, Queensland 4811, Australia; email: [email protected]8School of Human Evolution and Social Change,9Complex Adaptive Systems Initiative, Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona 85287; email: [email protected], [email protected]10Department of Environmental Science, Rhodes University, Grahamstown 6140, South Africa; email: [email protected]11Department of Aquatic Ecology and Water Quality Management, Wageningen University, Wageningen, 6708 PB, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]12School of International Development, University of East Anglia, Norwich NR4 7TJ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]13Centre for Water in the Environment, University of the Witwatersrand, Johannesburg 2050, South Africa; email: [email protected]14CSIRO Sustainable Ecosystems, Brisbane, Queensland 4001, Australia; email: [email protected]15Department of Political Science, University of Alaska, Fairbanks, Alaska 99775; email: [email protected]16Department of Geography, Carleton University, Ottawa, Canada K1S 5B6; email: [email protected]17Geography Department, McGill University, Montreal, Quebec, Canada H3A 2K6; email: [email protected]mail.mcgill.ca18Wildlife Conservation Society, Fairbanks, Alaska 99775; email: [email protected]19Institute on the Environment, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota 55108; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 37: 421 - 448
              • ...and improve a management system's capacity to detect and interpret shocks and disturbances (123, 124)....
            • Payments for Environmental Services: Evolution Toward Efficient and Fair Incentives for Multifunctional Landscapes

              Meine van Noordwijk,1 Beria Leimona,1 Rohit Jindal,2 Grace B. Villamor,1,3 Mamta Vardhan,4 Sara Namirembe,5 Delia Catacutan,6 John Kerr,7 Peter A. Minang,5 and Thomas P. Tomich81World Agroforestry Centre (ICRAF), Bogor 16880, Indonesia; email: [email protected], [email protected]2Department of Resource Economics and Environmental Sociology, University of Alberta, Edmonton, Alberta, Canada T6G 2H1; email: [email protected]3Center for Development Research (ZEF), University of Bonn, Germany 53113; email: [email protected]4Institute for Sustainable Energy, Environment and Economy, University of Calgary, Calgary, Alberta, Canada T2N 1N4; email: [email protected]5World Agroforestry Centre (ICRAF), Nairobi 00100, Kenya; email: [email protected], [email protected]6World Agroforestry Centre (ICRAF), Hanoi, Vietnam; email: [email protected]7Department of Community, Agriculture, Recreation and Resource Studies, Michigan State University, East Lansing, Michigan 48824; email: [email protected]8Agricultural Sustainability Institute, University of California, Davis, California 95616-8523; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 37: 389 - 420
              • ...such as long-standing traditions or norms that favor collective action (129, 130)...
            • Behavioral Economics and Environmental Policy

              Fredrik Carlsson and Olof Johansson-Stenman*Department of Economics, University of Gothenburg, SE 405 30 Gothenburg, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected]
              Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 4: 75 - 99
              • ...to effectively handle social dilemma–type situations (see, e.g., Dietz et al. 2003; Ostrom 1990, 2009...
              • .... Ostrom (1990) provides extensive real-world evidence that sanction possibilities are essential for successful common property resource management....
            • The Political Science of Federalism

              Jenna BednarDepartment of Political Science, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48109; External Faculty, Santa Fe Institute, Santa Fe, New Mexico 87501; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 7: 269 - 288
              • ...It abstracts the goals described in Section 2 to social goods requiring the coordinated effort of self-interested agents—the federal and state governments (some analyses further break apart the governments into components)—and hence leans heavily on theories of collective action problems and noncooperative game theory (Ostrom 1990)....
            • Efficiency Advantages of Grandfathering in Rights-Based Fisheries Management

              Terry Anderson,1 Ragnar Arnason,2 and Gary D. Libecap3,4,*1PERC, Bozeman Montana Hoover Institution, Bozeman, Montana 59718; email: [email protected]2Department of Economics, University of Iceland, 101 Reykjavik, Iceland; email: [email protected]3Bren School of Environmental Science and Management, University of California, Santa Barbara, California 93106; email: [email protected]4National Bureau of Economic Research, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138
              Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 3: 159 - 179
              • ...The conditions under which common property regimes function effectively, however, are limited, as outlined by Ostrom (1990, ...
            • Natural Resource Management: Challenges and Policy Options

              Jessica Coria1,2 and Thomas Sterner1,*1Department of Economics, School of Business, Economics, and Law, University of Gothenburg, Gothenburg, SE 405 30 Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected]2Facultad de Economía y Empresa, Universidad Diego Portales, Santiago 8370057, Chile
              Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 3: 203 - 230
              • ...2.3.2. Common property resource management.Some researchers maintain that common property resources (CPRs) may be a superior institution under certain conditions (Ostrom 1990, 1998, 1999...
              • ...Ostrom (1990) developed eight general conditions that seemed to characterize sustainable CPR management:1)...
              • ...Both Ostrom (1990) and Cox et al. (2010) do, however, insist that the conditions should not be seen as a blueprint to be applied everywhere: One of the essential conditions is that of local ownership and adjustment to local conditions. Cox et al. (2010)...
            • Political Economy of the Environment

              Thomas K. Rudel,1 J. Timmons Roberts,2 and JoAnn Carmin31Departments of Human Ecology and Sociology, Rutgers University, New Brunswick, New Jersey 08901; email: [email protected]2Center for Environmental Studies and Department of Sociology, Brown University, Providence, Rhode Island 02912; email: [email protected]3Department of Urban Studies and Planning, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02139; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 37: 221 - 238
              • ...whereas after 1990, Ostrom's (1990) Governing the Commons became a central theoretical resource....
            • The Rescaling of Global Environmental Politics

              Liliana B. Andonova1 and Ronald B. Mitchell21Department of Political Science, Graduate Institute of International and Development Studies, Geneva 21, 1211, Switzerland; email: [email protected]2Department of Political Science, University of Oregon, Eugene, Oregon 97403-1284; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 35: 255 - 282
              • ...has clarified the importance of multiple actors and networks, including local communities; private actors; subnational governments (8, 118)...
              • ...and methods to examine the multiscale nature of environmental politics (5, 6, 10, 12, 118)....
            • Water Sustainability: Anthropological Approaches and Prospects

              Ben Orlove1 and Steven C. Caton21School of International and Public Affairs, Columbia University, New York, NY 10027; email: [email protected]2Department of Anthropology, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 39: 401 - 415
              • ...which have been a locus both of participatory governance (Ostrom 1990)...
            • A Long Polycentric Journey

              Elinor OstromWorkshop in Political Theory and Policy Analysis, Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana 47408; email: [email protected]

              Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 13: 1 - 23
              • ...Many scholars have read Governing the Commons (E. Ostrom 1990) and found that the robust, ...
            • Connectivity and the Governance of Multilevel Social-Ecological Systems: The Role of Social Capital

              Eduardo S. Brondizio,1 Elinor Ostrom,2 and Oran R. Young31Department of Anthropology, Anthropological Center for Training and Research on Global Environmental Change (ACT), Center for the Study of Institutions, Population, and Environmental Change (CIPEC), Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana 47405; email: [email protected]2Workshop in Political Theory and Policy Analysis, CIPEC, Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana 47405; email: [email protected]3Bren School of Environmental Science and Management, University of California, Santa Barbara, California 93106; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 34: 253 - 278
              • ...Considerable agreement exists on the usefulness of eight institutional design principles1 (6, 7)...
              • ...They emphasize features such as monitoring the use of an ecosystem and the availability of graduated sanctions to deter violators (7, 139, 140)....
            • Behavior, Environment, and Health in Developing Countries: Evaluation and Valuation

              Subhrendu K. Pattanayak1,2 and Alexander Pfaff11Sanford School of Public Policy, Duke University, Durham, North Carolina 27708; email: [email protected], [email protected]2Nicholas School of the Environment, Duke University, Durham, North Carolina 27708
              Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 1: 183 - 217
              • ...For a general discussion of analogous problems of common property resource management, see Ostrom (1990), ...
            • Hobbesian Hierarchy: The Political Economy of Political Organization

              David A. LakeDepartment of Political Science, University of California, San Diego, La Jolla, California 92093-0521; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 12: 263 - 283
              • ...private or nonhierarchical institutions are also effective in reducing transaction costs and facilitating cooperation (Elickson 2005, Keohane 1984, Ostrom 1990)....
            • Adaptation to Environmental Change: Contributions of a Resilience Framework

              Donald R. Nelson,1,4 W. Neil Adger,1,2 and Katrina Brown1,31Tyndall Centre for Climate Change Research, 2School of Environmental Sciences, 3School of Development Studies, University of East Anglia, Norwich, NR4 7TJ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]4Bureau of Applied Research in Anthropology, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 32: 395 - 419
              • ...and robust decision making are, indeed, well known (see, for example, References 92, 112, and 113)....
            • Women, Water, and Development

              Isha RayEnergy and Resources Group, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 32: 421 - 449
              • ...The primary reasons for the rapid acceptance of PIM were (a) the heavy financial burden of major canal systems on governments and (b) the growing belief that if water systems are owned by their users they will be better able to use, allocate, and manage them (106)....
            • Neoliberalism and the Environment in Latin America

              Diana M. Liverman and Silvina VilasEnvironmental Change Institute, Oxford University Center for the Environment, Oxford OX1 3QY, United Kingdom; email: [email protected], [email protected]
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 31: 327 - 363
              • ...whereas most common property regimes are held in common by a community and exclude use by those outside the community (18, 19)....
              • ...For example Ostrom (18, 19) has documented commons systems that have worked for centuries to manage water and forests in cases where boundaries and members of the commons community are well defined and there are strong institutions for conflict resolution and rule making....
            • Institutional Failure in Resource Management

              James M. AchesonDepartments of Anthropology and Marine Science, University of Maine, Orono, Maine 04469; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 35: 117 - 134
              • ...Each of these structures has strong advocates (Ostrom 1990)....
              • ...co-management) (Anderson & Hill 2004, Baland & Platteau 1996, Berkes 1989, McCay & Acheson 1987, Ostrom 1990, Pinkerton & Weinstein 1995)....
              • ...Berkes 1989, Berkes & Folke 1998, Dyer & McGoodwin 1994, McCay & Acheson 1987, Ostrom 1990, Pinkerton & Weinstein 1995), ...
              • ...dependence on the resource, leadership, and secure boundaries (North 1990, p. 12; Ostrom 1990, 2000a,b...
            • REGIONAL ATMOSPHERIC POLLUTION AND TRANSBOUNDARY AIR QUALITY MANAGEMENT

              Michelle S. Bergin,1 J. Jason West,2 Terry J. Keating,3 and Armistead G. Russell11Georgia Institute of Technology, Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering, Atlanta, Georgia 30332; email: [email protected], [email protected]2Princeton University, Program in Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences and Woodrow Wilson School of Public and International Affairs, Princeton, New Jersey 08540; email: [email protected]3U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Air and Radiation, Washington, District of Columbia 20460; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 30: 1 - 37
              • ...decreasing upwind emissions will require the development of some type of cooperative regime (120)....
            • TOO MUCH FOR TOO FEW: Problems of Indigenous Land Rights in Latin America

              Anthony StocksDepartment of Anthropology, Idaho State University, Pocatello, Idaho 83209; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 34: 85 - 104
              • ...the work of Ostrom and her colleagues on common property regimes scotched the notion that communal (group) property is equivalent to the open-access commons about which Hardin wrote (Ostrom 1990...
            • The Sociology of Property Rights

              Bruce G. Carruthers andLaura AriovichDepartment of Sociology, Northwestern University, Evanston, Illinois 60208; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 30: 23 - 46
              • ...and people find many other ways to avoid such tragedies (Ellickson 1991, Ostrom 1990)....
            • Advocacy Organizations in the U.S. Political Process

              Kenneth T. Andrews1 andBob Edwards21Department of Sociology, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, North Carolina 27599-3210; email: [email protected] 2Department of Sociology, East Carolina University, Greenville, North Carolina 27858; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 30: 479 - 506
              • ...Recent research has provided insight into how interest groups overcome Olson's (1965) free-rider problem (e.g., Ostrom 1990)....
            • Dynamics of Land-Use and Land-Cover Change in Tropical Regions

              Eric F. Lambin,1 Helmut J. Geist,2 and Erika Lepers21Department of Geography, University of Louvain, Place Louis Pasteur 3, B-1348 Louvain-la-Neuve, Belgium; email: [email protected] 2LUCC International Project Office, Department of Geography, University of Louvain, Place Louis Pasteur 3, B-1348 Louvain-la-Neuve, Belgium; email: [email protected] [email protected]
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 28: 205 - 241
              • ...The systems/structures perspective explains land-use change through the organization and institutions of society (174)....
            • State of the World’s Fisheries

              Ray Hilborn, Trevor A. Branch, Billy Ernst, Arni Magnusson, Carolina V. Minte-Vera, Mark D. Scheuerell, and Juan L. ValeroSchool of Aquatic and Fishery Sciences, University of Washington, Box 355020, Seattle, Washington 98195; email: [email protected] ,[email protected] ,[email protected] ,[email protected] ,[email protected] ,[email protected] ,[email protected]
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 28: 359 - 399
              • ...and the incentives it provides are the primary determinants of the success or failure of fisheries (117, 121)....
            • Sustainable Governance of Common-Pool Resources: Context, Methods, and Politics

              Arun AgrawalDepartment of Political Science, McGill University, Montréal, Québec H3A 2T7, Canada; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 32: 243 - 262
              • ...A number of writings have undertaken important theoretical development to focus on the commons dilemmas that confront communities of users (Cheung 1970, Dasgupta & Heal 1979, Oakerson 1992, Ostrom 1990, Runge 1984)....
              • ...The works by Robert Wade (1994), Elinor Ostrom (1990), Jean-Marie Baland & Jean-Philippe Platteau (1996) are path-breaking book-length analyses of local, ...
              • ...but at least we can presume that the data collection in each case is consistent. Ostrom (1990) uses detailed case studies that other scholars generated....
              • ...Consider Ostrom's (1990) design principles, based on her investigation of 14 cases....
              • ...A design principle for Ostrom is not part of a blueprint but “an essential element or condition that helps to account for the success of these institutions in sustaining the CPRs and gaining the compliance of generation after generation of appropriators to the rules in use” (1990, ...
              • ...TABLE 1 Synthesis of facilitating conditions identified by Wade (1994)—RW, Ostrom (1990)—EO, and Baland & Platteau (1996)...
              • ...Abbreviations: Wade (1994)—RW, Ostrom (1990)—EO, and Baland & Platteau (1996)—B&P...
            • Ideas, Politics, and Public Policy

              John L. CampbellDepartment of Sociology, Dartmouth College, Hanover, New Hampshire 03755, e-mail: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 28: 21 - 38
              • ...even some rational choice theorists have conceded that ideas matter (Knight & North 1997, Levi 1997, North 1990, Ostrom 1990:33–35), ...
            • Ecology, Conservation, and Public Policy

              Donald Ludwig,1 Marc Mangel,2 and Brent Haddad21Departments of Mathematics and Zoology, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, British Columbia V6T 1Z2, Canada; e-mail: [email protected] 2Department of Environmental Studies, University of California, Santa Cruz, California 95064; e-mail: [email protected] [email protected]
              Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics Vol. 32: 481 - 517
              • ...perhaps we can learn something of value for our present problems. Ostrom (1990) provides a well-articulated account of things to be learned....
            • CAPACITY DEVELOPMENT FOR THE ENVIRONMENT: A View for the South, A View for the North

              Ambuj D. SagarScience, Technology, and Public Policy Program, Belfer Center for Science and International Affairs, John F. Kennedy School of Government, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138; e-mail: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Energy and the Environment Vol. 25: 377 - 439
              • ...among other things, played a significant role in managing natural resources (165)....
            • Conservation and Subsistence in Small-Scale Societies

              Eric Alden SmithDepartment of Anthropology, University of Washington, Box 353100, Seattle, Washington 98195-3100; e-mail: [email protected] Mark WishnieSchool of Forestry and Environmental Studies, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut 06511; e-mail: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 29: 493 - 524
              • ...A classic form of collective good is what economists and collective action theorists term a common-pool resource (CPR) (Gordon 1954, Ciriacy-Wantrup & Bishop 1975, Ostrom 1990)....
              • ...This oversight is critical because both theory and data indicate that resources involving open access are much more vulnerable to overharvesting than those with restricted access (Ostrom 1990, McKean 1992)....
              • ...and some providing considerable evidence of explicit and effective conservation practices (Ostrom 1990, Feeny et al 1990)....
            • The Choice-Within-Constraints New Institutionalism and Implications for Sociology

              Paul IngramColumbia Business School, Columbia University, New York, New York 10027-6902; email: [email protected]Karen ClayHeinz School of Public Policy, Carnegie Mellon University, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15213; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 26: 525 - 546
              • ...and major contributions have come from economics (Coase 1937, Williamson 1975, North 1990, Greif 1994), political science (North & Weingast 1989, Ostrom 1990), ...
              • ...The formation of private-centralized institutions to govern property rights is not just a historical phenomenon. Ostrom (1990) documents a variety of contemporary institutions that have arisen to manage property rights over resources that are common property (that is, ...
              • ...Elected officials hire the herdsmen and impose fines on households who misuse the commons by sending too many cattle (Ostrom 1990, ...
              • ...particularly on private institutions. Ostrom's (1990) discussion of the emergence of institutions to govern water in the Los Angeles Basin, ...
            • ETHICS AND INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS

              John V. MitchellEnergy and Environmental Program, Royal Institute of International Affairs, London SW1Y4LE, England; e-mail: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Energy and the Environment Vol. 24: 83 - 111
              • ...They are additional to (and reflect some distrust of) the Hobbesian solution of using the coercive powers of the state through “the development of appropriate international law and treaties.” They could mark the beginning of the development of a “third way” of governing the commons: the development of private (i.e. non-state) mechanisms for “Common-Pool Resource Management” (44)....
            • New Ecology and the Social Sciences: What Prospects for a Fruitful Engagement?

              I. ScoonesEnvironment Group, Institute of Development Studies, University of Sussex, Brighton BN1 9RE, UK
              Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 28: 479 - 507
              • ...a significant concern has been the collective action issues central to the management of common pool resources (e.g. Ostrom 1990, Bromley 1992)....
              • ...for example as in the game theoretic formulations of common property theory (cf Berkes 1989, Ostrom 1990, Bromley 1992, Hanna et al 1996)....
            • COPING WITH TRAGEDIES OF THE COMMONS

              Elinor OstromWorkshop in Political Theory and Policy Analysis; Center for the Study of Institutions, Population, and Environmental Change, Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana 47408-3895; e-mail: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 2: 493 - 535
              • ...the broad design principles that characterize robust self-organized resource governance systems have been identified (E Ostrom 1990)...
              • ...as well as other common-pool resources (see Schlager 1990;, Tang 1992;, Schlager et al 1994;, Lam 1998;, E Ostrom 1990, 1996;, Gibson et al 1999)....
            • BOUNDED RATIONALITY

              Bryan D. JonesDepartment of Political Science, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195; e-mail: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 2: 297 - 321
              • ...conflictual process (Sabatier & Jenkins-Smith 1993, Lounamaa & March 1985, Ostrom 1990) rather than the instantaneous adjustment process that rational organization theory would imply....
            • Social Dilemmas: The Anatomy of Cooperation

              Peter KollockDepartment of Sociology, University of California at Los Angeles, Los Angeles, California 90095-1551; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 24: 183 - 214
              • ...An important set of field studies on social dilemmas can be found in Ostrom et al (1994), Bromley et al (1992), Ostrom (1990), McCay & Acheson (1987), Hardin & Baden (1977)....
              • ...lasting across several generations (McCay & Acheson 1987, Ostrom 1990, 1992, Ostrom et al 1994)....
              • ...Ostrom (1990) proposes a third route away from the tragedy of the commons: the local regulation of access to and use of common property by those who actually use and have local knowledge of the resource....
              • ...The first characteristic she discusses deals explicitly with the issue of excludability: Successful communities are marked by clearly defined boundaries—“Individuals or households who have rights to withdraw resource units from the [commons] must be clearly defined, as must the boundaries of the [commons] itself” (1990, ...
              • ...some situations exist in which the costs can be made very small through the right institutional arrangements (Ostrom 1990)....
              • ...18Assuming the meadow is homogenous; see Ostrom 1990, p. 13....

          • 52. 
            Wade R. 1994. Village Republics: Economic Conditions for Collective Action in South India. Oakland: ICS Press
            • Google Scholar
          • 53. 
            Blaikie P, Brookfield H. 1987. Land Degradation and Society. London: Methuen. 296 pp
            • Google Scholar
            More AR articles citing this reference

            • ARCHAEOLOGY AND GLOBAL CHANGE: The Holocene Record

              Patrick V. KirchDepartment of Anthropology, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 30: 409 - 440
              • ...also frequently followed pathways of “cropping cycle” intensification and of “landesque capital” intensification (146, 147), ...

          • 54. 
            Bryant RL, Bailey S. 1997. Third World Political Ecology. London: Routledge
            • Google Scholar
            Article Location
            More AR articles citing this reference

            • Urban Political Ecology

              Anne RademacherDepartment of Anthropology and Department of Environmental Studies, New York University, New York, NY 10003; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 44: 137 - 152
              • ... as well as questions of environmental knowledge and practice (e.g., Blaikie & Brookfield 1987; Brosius 1999a,b; Bryant 1992; Bryant & Bailey 1997...
            • Land-Change Science and Political Ecology: Similarities, Differences, and Implications for Sustainability Science

              B.L. Turner II1 and Paul Robbins21School of Geographical Sciences, Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona, 85287-5302; email: [email protected]2Department of Geography and Regional Development, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona, 85287; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 33: 295 - 316
              • ...especially in regard to improved human well-being among disadvantaged people (60, 61)....
              • ...which in turn may stimulate permanent occupation by migrants or some combination of infrastructural changes and migrant occupation or commercial ranching (61, 106)....

          • 55. 
            Wantchekon L. 2004. Resource wealth and political regimes in Africa. Comp. Polit. Stud. 37:816–41
            • Crossref
            • Web of Science ®
            • Google Scholar
            Article Location
            More AR articles citing this reference

            • The Political Economy of the Resource Curse: A Development Perspective

              Antonio Savoia1 and Kunal Sen21Global Development Institute, University of Manchester, Manchester M13 9PL, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]2United Nations University World Institute for Development Economics Research (UNU-WIDER), FI-00160 Helsinki, Finland; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 13: 203 - 223
              • ... does not find consistent evidence that resource abundance harms democracy. Jensen & Wantchekon (2004), ...
            • What Have We Learned about the Resource Curse?

              Michael L. RossDepartment of Political Science, University of California, Los Angeles, California 90095; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 18: 239 - 259
              • ...third group suggests that the effect of oil on democratic stability is conditional: It may stabilize democracies that are wealthy and have strong institutions but foster the breakdown of accountability in democracies that are poorer or have weaker institutions (Jensen & Wantchekon 2004, Ross 2012)....
            • The Curse of Natural Resources

              Katharina Wick1 and Erwin Bulte21Department of Economics, Tilburg University, 5000 LE Tilburg, The Netherlands2Development Economics Group, Wageningen University, 6700 EW Wageningen, Netherlands; Oxford Center for the Analysis of Resource-Rich Economies (OxCarre), Oxford, OX1 3UQ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 1: 139 - 156
              • ... and Jensen & Wantchekon (2004) provide empirical evidence that links oil to autocratic regimes....

          • 56. 
            Hardin RD. 2002. Concessionary politics in the Western Congo Basin: History and Culture in Forest Use. Washington, DC: World Resour. Inst./Gov. Inst.
            • Google Scholar
          • 57. 
            Watts MJ. 2005. Righteous oil: human rights, the oil complex, and corporate social responsibility. Annu. Rev. Environ. Resour. 30:373–407
            • Link
            • Web of Science ®
            • Google Scholar
          • 58. 
            Luong PJ, Weinthal E. 2001. Prelude to the resource curse: explaining oil and gas development strategies in the Soviet successor states and beyond. Comp. Polit. Stud. 34:367–99
            • Crossref
            • Web of Science ®
            • Google Scholar
            Article Location
            More AR articles citing this reference

            • RETHINKING THE RESOURCE CURSE: Ownership Structure, Institutional Capacity, and Domestic Constraints

              Pauline Jones Luong1 and Erika Weinthal21Department of Political Science, Brown University, Providence, Rhode Island 02912; email: [email protected]2Nicholas School of the Environment and Earth Sciences, Duke University, Durham, North Carolina 27708; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 9: 241 - 263
              • ...with few exceptions (Jones Luong & Weinthal 2001, Ross 1999, Weinthal & Jones Luong 2001), ...
              • ...Russia pursued private domestic ownership; Kazakhstan encouraged private foreign ownership; Uzbekistan retained state ownership with control; and Azerbaijan chose state ownership without control (for details, see Jones Luong & Weinthal 2001)....
              • ...it was able to retain state ownership over its mineral reserves and minimize the role of international actors (Jones Luong & Weinthal 2001)....
              • ...A few scholars (Ascher 1999, Jones Luong & Weinthal 2001, Weinthal & Jones Luong 2001) have suggested that state ownership over mineral reserves may be directly responsible for such negative outcomes as poor economic performance, ...

          • 59. 
            Hutchcroft PD. 2001. Centralization and decentralization in administration and politics: assessing territorial dimensions of authority and power. Governance 14:23–53
            • Crossref
            • Web of Science ®
            • Google Scholar
            Article Location
          • 60. 
            Conyers D. 1983. Decentralization: the latest fashion in development administration. Public Adm. Dev. 3:97–109
            • Crossref
            • Web of Science ®
            • Google Scholar
            Article Location
            More AR articles citing this reference

            • Decentralization of Natural Resource Governance Regimes

              Anne M. Larson1 and Fernanda Soto21Center for International Forestry Research, Managua, Nicaragua; email: [email protected]2Department of Anthropology, University of Texas, Austin, Texas 78712; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 33: 213 - 239
              • ...this definition takes into account the recognized importance of demand from below in making decentralization work in practice (18, 27, 28)....
              • ...as well as the blurry categories that arise in practice (27) and the frequent combination of decentralization and devolution policies, ...
              • ...Conyers (27) uses decentralization as the broader term and devolution to refer to elected authorities....
              • ...Conyers (27) found that decentralizations initiated from above were more likely to be seen as a way of strengthening the national government at the local level....
              • ...Rather governance structures have oscillated historically between centralizing and decentralizing tendencies in both North and South (27, 36)....
              • ...pluralism, and rights, at least at the level of discourse (27, 37)....
              • ...are almost always taking place in the context of other national political and economic policies, which also imply shifts in governance (27, 38)....

          • 61. 
            Manor J. 1999. The Political Economy of Democratic Decentralization. Washington, DC: World Bank
            • Crossref
            • Google Scholar
            Article Location
            More AR articles citing this reference

            • Decentralization of Natural Resource Governance Regimes

              Anne M. Larson1 and Fernanda Soto21Center for International Forestry Research, Managua, Nicaragua; email: [email protected]2Department of Anthropology, University of Texas, Austin, Texas 78712; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 33: 213 - 239
              • ...Decentralization typically refers to a transfer of powers from central authorities to lower levels in a political-administrative and territorial hierarchy (23, 24)....

          • 62. 
            Weber EP. 2000. A new vanguard for the environment: grassroots ecosystem management as a new environmental management. Soc. Nat. Resour. 13:237–59
            • Crossref
            • Web of Science ®
            • Google Scholar
            Article Location
          • 63. 
            Johnson C, Forsyth T. 2002. In the eyes of the state: negotiating a “rights-based approach” to forest conservation in Thailand. World Dev. 30:1591–605
            • Crossref
            • Web of Science ®
            • Google Scholar
          • 64. 
            Lemos MC, Oliveira JLF. 2004. Can water reform survive politics? Institutional change and river basin management in Ceará Northeast Brazil. World Dev. 32:2121–37
            • Crossref
            • Web of Science ®
            • Google Scholar
            Article Locations:
            • Article Location
            • Article Location
          • 65. 
            Wunsch JS. 2001. Decentralization, local governance and ‘recentralization’ in Africa. Public Adm. Dev. 21:277–88
            • Crossref
            • Web of Science ®
            • Google Scholar
            Article Location
            More AR articles citing this reference

            • Decentralization of Natural Resource Governance Regimes

              Anne M. Larson1 and Fernanda Soto21Center for International Forestry Research, Managua, Nicaragua; email: [email protected]2Department of Anthropology, University of Texas, Austin, Texas 78712; email: [email protected]
              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 33: 213 - 239

            • 66. 
              Ribot JC, Peluso NL. 2003. A theory of access. Rural Sociol. 68:153–81
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Locations:
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Commons Movements: Old and New Trends in Rural and Urban Contexts

                Sergio Villamayor-Tomas1 and Gustavo A. García-López21Institute of Environmental Science and Technology, Autonomous University of Barcelona, 08193 Barcelona, Spain; email: [email protected]2Center for Social Studies, University of Coimbra, 3000-104 Coimbra, Portugal; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 46: 511 - 543
                • ...as well as the primary role marginalized, resource-dependent populations had in mobilizing to defend their rights (49...
              • The Politics of Sustainability and Development

                Ian ScoonesESRC STEPS Centre, Institute of Development Studies, University of Sussex, Brighton, United Kingdom BN1 9RE; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 41: 293 - 319
                • ...A focus on access, control, property, and rights become central in this view (80, 81), ...
              • Decentralization of Natural Resource Governance Regimes

                Anne M. Larson1 and Fernanda Soto21Center for International Forestry Research, Managua, Nicaragua; email: [email protected]2Department of Anthropology, University of Texas, Austin, Texas 78712; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 33: 213 - 239
                • ...this does not necessarily result in shifts in actual access to natural resources and benefits (118)....
              • Women, Water, and Development

                Isha RayEnergy and Resources Group, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 32: 421 - 449
                • ...Ribot & Peluso (95) conceptualize access as the ability to benefit from a resource—whether through de jure rights, ...
              • Community Forestry in Theory and Practice: Where Are We Now?

                Susan Charnley1 and Melissa R. Poe21USDA Forest Service, Pacific Northwest Research Station, Portland, Oregon 97205; email: [email protected]2Department of Anthropology, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 36: 301 - 336
                • ...and associated human rights issues (e.g., Haenn 2005, Nygren 2005, Sturgeon 2005; on access, see Ribot & Peluso 2003)....
                • ...claiming it as state property and altering and often undermining customary forest tenure (Ribot & Peluso 2003) and management systems (e.g., ...

            • 67. 
              Noel E. 1999. Power, politics and place: Who holds the reins of environmental regulation? Ecol. Law Q. 25:559–63
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 68. 
              Campbell T. 2003. The Quiet Revolution: Decentralization and the Rise of Political Participation in Latin American Cities. Pittsburgh: Univ. Pittsburgh Press
              • Google Scholar
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • The Rise of Local Politics: A Global Review

                Patrick Le GalèsSciences Po; Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique; and Centre for European Studies and Comparative Politics, 75337 Paris CEDEX, France; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 24: 345 - 363
                • ...has attracted much interest—particularly in Latin America (Campbell 2003, Baiocchi et al. 2011), ...

            • 69. 
              Bardhan P. 2002. Decentralization of governance and development. J. Econ. Perspect. 16:185–205
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • What Shapes the Quality and Behavior of Government Officials? Institutional Variation in Selection and Retention Methods

                Claire S.H. Lim1,2 and James M. Snyder, Jr.3,41School of Economics and Finance, Queen Mary University of London, London E1 4NS, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]2Centre for Economic Policy Research, London EC1V 0DX, United Kingdom3Department of Government, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138, USA; email: [email protected]4National Bureau of Economic Research, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138, USA
                Annual Review of Economics Vol. 13: 87 - 109
                • ...the empirical evidence on the effects of decentralization is mixed (see, e.g., Bardhan 2002, Enikolopov & Zhuravskaya 2007, Treisman 2007)....
              • Radical Decentralization: Does Community-Driven Development Work?

                Katherine CaseyGraduate School of Business, Stanford University, Stanford, California 94305, USA; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Economics Vol. 10: 139 - 163
                • ...create a distinct set of concerns about the efficacy of such extreme decentralization. Bardhan (2002) emphasizes how the lack of local accountability structures and concomitant risk of elite capture can undermine decentralized service delivery in poor countries....
                • ...has to accompany serious attempts to change the existing structures of power within communities and to improve the opportunities for participation and voice and engaging the hitherto disadvantaged or disenfranchised in the political process” (Bardhan 2002, ...
                • ...A similar trade-off between superior local information and the risk of elite capture that Bardhan (2002)...
                • ...Concerns about weak local capacity and elite capture figure prominently in debates about decentralization in developing countries (Bardhan 2002...
              • Political Decentralization

                Dilip MookherjeeDepartment of Economics, Boston University, Boston, Massachusetts 02215; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Economics Vol. 7: 231 - 249
                • ...In this article, which overlaps partially with Bardhan (2002) and Bardhan & Mookherjee (2015)...
              • Decentralization in Developing Economies

                Lucie Gadenne1 and Monica Singhal2 1Department of Economics, University College London, London WC1H 0AX, United Kingdom; email: [email protected] 2Harvard Kennedy School, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Economics Vol. 6: 581 - 604
                • ...given the emphasis in the literature on a decentralizing trend in developing countries (e.g., Bardhan 2002, Shah 2006, World Bank 2004)....
                • ...These findings relate to a broader argument that decentralization can worsen public delivery outcomes in developing countries because local politicians are subject to elite capture (see, e.g., Bardhan 2002)...
                • ...poor records on land ownership) and a lack of administrative capacity (see Bardhan 2002, Besley & Persson 2013, Burgess & Stern 1993, Cage & Gadenne 2014, Gordon & Li 2009, Keen 2012, Skinner 1991, Slemrod 2007)....
                • ...some argue that developing country governments are in fact more focused on poverty alleviation than efficient public goods provision (Bardhan 2002)....
                • ...such as the desire to maintain national political unity and stability (see, e.g., Bardhan 2002, World Bank 2004)....
              • Equity Impacts of Environmental Policy

                Antonio M. BentoCharles H. Dyson School of Applied Economics and Management, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14853; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 5: 181 - 196
                • ...local regulatory capture could lead to undesirable distributional outcomes (Bardhan 2002)....
              • Decentralization of Natural Resource Governance Regimes

                Anne M. Larson1 and Fernanda Soto21Center for International Forestry Research, Managua, Nicaragua; email: [email protected]2Department of Anthropology, University of Texas, Austin, Texas 78712; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 33: 213 - 239
                • ...One of the most important problems is elite capture (110) and the tendency to be accountable not to the electorate but to those who funded the campaign or, ...

            • 70. 
              Boone C. 2003. Decentralization as political strategy in West Africa. Comp. Polit. Stud. 36:355–80
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • The Rise of Local Politics: A Global Review

                Patrick Le GalèsSciences Po; Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique; and Centre for European Studies and Comparative Politics, 75337 Paris CEDEX, France; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 24: 345 - 363
                • ...decentralization is explicitly initiated to allow for some local autonomy and to strengthen an authoritarian regime (Boone 2003), ...

            • 71. 
              Agrawal A. 2001. The regulatory community: decentralization and the environment in the Van Panchayats (forest councils) of Kumaon. Mt. Res. Dev. 21:208–11
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 72. 
              Andersson KP. 2004. Who talks with whom? The role of repeated interactions in decentralized forest governance. World Dev. 32:233–49
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Networks and the Challenge of Sustainable Development

                Adam Douglas Henry1 and Björn Vollan21School of Government and Public Policy, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721-0027; email: [email protected]2Department of Public Finance, University of Innsbruck, A-6020 Innsbruck, Austria; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 39: 583 - 610
                • ...This has been an ongoing trend in transitional and developing countries around the world since the 1980s (35, 36), ...
              • Connectivity and the Governance of Multilevel Social-Ecological Systems: The Role of Social Capital

                Eduardo S. Brondizio,1 Elinor Ostrom,2 and Oran R. Young31Department of Anthropology, Anthropological Center for Training and Research on Global Environmental Change (ACT), Center for the Study of Institutions, Population, and Environmental Change (CIPEC), Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana 47405; email: [email protected]2Workshop in Political Theory and Policy Analysis, CIPEC, Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana 47405; email: [email protected]3Bren School of Environmental Science and Management, University of California, Santa Barbara, California 93106; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 34: 253 - 278
                • ...Andersson's (120, 121) research on governance outcomes in Bolivia illustrates the importance of using multilevel analyses to explain governance outcomes....
              • Decentralization of Natural Resource Governance Regimes

                Anne M. Larson1 and Fernanda Soto21Center for International Forestry Research, Managua, Nicaragua; email: [email protected]2Department of Anthropology, University of Texas, Austin, Texas 78712; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 33: 213 - 239
                • ...as measured by forest user satisfaction and forest tenure security (75)....

            • 73. 
              Bagchi A. 2003. Rethinking federalism: changing power relations between the center and the states. Publius 33:21–42
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 74. 
              Ribot J. 1999. Decentralisation, participation, and accountability in Sahelian forestry: legal instruments of political administrative control. Africa 69(1):23–65
              • Crossref
              • Medline
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Forest Habitat Conservation in Africa Using Commercially Important Insects

                Suresh Kumar Raina,1 Esther Kioko,2 Ole Zethner,3 and Susie Wren11Commercial Insects Programme, International Center of Insect Physiology and Ecology, 00100 Nairobi, Kenya; email: [email protected]; [email protected]2National Museums of Kenya, 00100 Nairobi, Kenya; email: [email protected]3Independent Environmental Services Professional, Kongevej 4, 4450 Jyderup, Denmark; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Entomology Vol. 56: 465 - 485
                • ...It further emphasizes the utilization of pollination services in modern agriculture systems and livelihood diversification strategies that use the integrated value chain approach as a tool to assist African governments to conserve valuable forest ecosystems (3, 5, 42, 109, 114)....
              • Decentralization of Natural Resource Governance Regimes

                Anne M. Larson1 and Fernanda Soto21Center for International Forestry Research, Managua, Nicaragua; email: [email protected]2Department of Anthropology, University of Texas, Austin, Texas 78712; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 33: 213 - 239
                • ...such as chiefs, NGOs, or user committees established without effective representation (66)....
                • ...Ribot (66) found that rather than transferring powers to elected representatives, ...
                • ...Forest services continue to control management decisions and incorporate local populations through a circumscribed set of roles and relations with the forest, with little room for autonomy (66)....

            • 75. 
              Prud'homme R. 1995. The dangers of decentralization. World Bank Res. Obs. 10:201–20
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Location
            • 76. 
              Cashore B. 2002. Legitimacy and the privatization of environmental governance: How nonstate market driven (NSMD) governance systems gain rule-making authority. Governance 15:503–29
              • Crossref
              • Web of Science ®
              • Google Scholar
              Article Locations:
              • Article Location
              • Article Location
              More AR articles citing this reference

              • Sustainability Standards: Interactions Between Private Actors, Civil Society, and Governments

                Eric F. Lambin1,2 and Tannis Thorlakson31School of Earth, Energy & Environmental Sciences, and Woods Institute for the Environment, Stanford University, Stanford, California 94305, USA; email: [email protected]2Georges Lemaître Earth and Climate Research Centre, Earth and Life Institute, Université Catholique de Louvain, 1348 Louvain-la-Neuve, Belgium3Emmett Interdisciplinary Program in Environment and Resources, Stanford University, Stanford, California 94305, USA; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 43: 369 - 393
                • ...The key characteristic of private regulatory initiatives is that rule-making authority is not derived from governments (36, 67, 68)....
              • Governance: What Do We Know, and How Do We Know It?

                Francis FukuyamaFreeman Spogli Institute for International Studies, Stanford University, Stanford, California 94305; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 19: 89 - 105
                • ...private firms could exercise governance functions through industry self-regulation (Freeman 2000, Haufler 2001, Cashore 2002), ...
              • The Business of Water: Market Environmentalism in the Water Sector

                Karen BakkerProgram on Water Governance, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada V6T 1Z2; email: [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 39: 469 - 494
                • ...which contrast the hierarchically organized, command-and-control regulatory mechanisms typically associated with state-led governance (63)....
              • Global Environmental Governance: Taking Stock, Moving Forward

                Frank Biermann and Philipp PattbergDepartment of Environmental Policy Analysis, Institute for Environmental Studies, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, 1081 HV Amsterdam, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]; [email protected]
                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 33: 277 - 294
                • Certification Schemes and the Impacts on Forests and Forestry

                  Graeme Auld,1 Lars H. Gulbrandsen,2 and Constance L. McDermott31School of Forestry and Environmental Studies, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut 06511; email: [email protected]2Fridtjof Nansen Institute, 1326 Lysaker, Norway; email: [email protected]3Program on Forest Policy and Governance, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut 06511; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 33: 187 - 211
                  • ... and have expressed the belief that those who must actually implement rules for sustainable forest management (i.e., companies and forest owners) ought to develop the rules (18, 23)....
                  • ...governments signal that those schemes are legitimate and credible governance systems on which private procurers and other buyers can also rely (23, 91)....
                • The New Corporate Social Responsibility

                  Graeme Auld,1 Steven Bernstein,2 and Benjamin Cashore11School of Forestry and Environmental Studies, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut, 06511; email: [email protected], [email protected]2Department of Political Science, University of Toronto, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5S 3K7, email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 33: 413 - 435
                  • ...Elsewhere, Cashore (100), Cashore et al. (101) and Bernstein & Cashore (102), labeled this phenomenon NSMD on the basis of their work on forest certification and the proliferation of other third-party certification systems that have emerged over the past 15 years....

              • 77. 
                Tews K, Busch PO, Jorgens H. 2003. The diffusion of new environmental policy instruments. Eur. J. Polit. Res. 42:569–600
                • Crossref
                • Web of Science ®
                • Google Scholar
                Article Location
              • 78. 
                Lafferty W, Meadowcroft J, eds. 2000. Implementing Sustainable Development. Oxford: Oxford Univ. Press
                • Crossref
                • Google Scholar
                Article Location
              • 79. 
                Segerson K, Miceli TJ. 1998. Voluntary environmental agreements: Good or bad news for environmental protection? J. Environ. Econ. Manag. 36:109–30
                • Crossref
                • Web of Science ®
                • Google Scholar
                Article Location
                More AR articles citing this reference

                • On the Coevolution of Economic and Ecological Systems

                  Simon Levin1 and Anastasios Xepapadeas2,31Department of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08544, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of International and European Studies, Athens University of Economics and Business, Athens 104 34, Greece; email: [email protected]3Department of Economics, University of Bologna, 40126 Bologna, Italy
                  Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 13: 355 - 377
                  • ...which are not economic instruments but commitments by firms or industries to improve their environmental performance beyond legal obligation (Ahmed & Segerson 2011, Dawson & Segerson 2008, Segerson & Miceli 1998)....
                • Voluntary Approaches to Environmental Protection and Resource Management

                  Kathleen SegersonDepartment of Economics, University of Connecticut, Storrs, Connecticut 06269-1063; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 5: 161 - 180
                  • ...bargaining between regulators and polluters (Segerson & Miceli 1998, Welch & Hibiki 2002), ...
                  • ...the probability that it will be imposed if the environmental target is not met voluntarily (Segerson & Miceli 1998). Ceteris paribus, ...
                  • ...and (b) the minimum amount that the regulator would be willing to accept in exchange for the benefits it provides to a participant (Segerson & Miceli 1998)....
                • The Economics of Endangered Species

                  Robert Innes2 and George Frisvold1 1Department of Agricultural and Resource Economics, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721; email: [email protected] 2School of Social Sciences, Humanities and Arts, University of California, Merced, California 95344; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 1: 485 - 512
                  • ... Segerson & Miceli (1998) provided the starting point for this new literature....
                  • ...if p < 1 and/or av < am , then, as Segerson & Miceli (1998) show, ...

              • 80. 
                MacKendrick NM. 2005. The role of the state in voluntary environmental reform: a case study of public land. Policy Sci. 38:21–44
                • Crossref
                • Web of Science ®
                • Google Scholar
                Article Location
              • 81. 
                Bray DB, Sanchez JLP, Murphy EC. 2002. Social dimensions of organic coffee production in Mexico: lessons for eco-labeling initiatives. Soc. Nat. Resour. 15:426–46
                • Crossref
                • Web of Science ®
                • Google Scholar
                Article Location
              • 82. 
                Cashore B, Auld G, Newsom D. 2003. Forest certification (eco-labeling) programs and their policy-making authority: explaining divergence among North American and European case studies. Forest Policy Econ. 5:225–47
                • Crossref
                • Web of Science ®
                • Google Scholar
                More AR articles citing this reference

                • The Economics of Voluntary Versus Mandatory Labels

                  Brian E. Roe,1,* Mario F. Teisl,2 and Corin R. Deans11Department of Agricultural, Environmental and Development Economics, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio 43210; email: [email protected], [email protected]2School of Economics, University of Maine, Orono, Maine 04469; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 6: 407 - 427
                  • ...consumers are no more concerned than before (Hayward 2006, Nesbitt 2006), but alternative explanations include globalization (Cashore et al. 2003), ...
                  • ...as firms may refuse to join an established voluntary scheme and may attempt to create a competing voluntary label with different standards. Cashore et al. (2003) describe this process for forestry labels....
                  • ...as in the cases of IKEA and Home Depot in the FSC market (Cashore et al. 2003, Klooster 2005)...

              • 83. 
                Cashore B, Auld G, Newsom D. 2004. Governing through Markets: Forest Certification and the Emergence of Non-State Authority. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press
                • Google Scholar
                Article Location
                More AR articles citing this reference

                • Transnational Governance for Mining and the Mineral Lifecycle

                  Graeme Auld,1 Michele Betsill,2 and Stacy D. VanDeveer31School of Public Policy and Administration, Carleton University, Ottawa, Ontario K1S 5B6, Canada; email: [email protected]2Department of Political Science, Colorado State University, Fort Collins, Colorado 80523, USA; email: [email protected]3Department of Conflict Resolution, Human Security & Global Governance, University of Massachusetts, Boston, Boston, Massachusetts 02125, USA; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 43: 425 - 453
                  • ...Others examine roundtables (21), partnerships (22), nonstate market-driven governance (23), and regulatory standard-setting initiatives (24)...
                  • ...Cashore et al. (23) assessed the legitimation strategies adopted by the Forest Stewardship Council to gain support from forest companies operating in North America and Europe when faced with competition from industry-backed programs....
                • Theorizing Transnational Legal Ordering

                  Gregory ShafferUniversity of California, Irvine School of Law, Irvine, California 92697
                  Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 12: 231 - 253
                  • ...that require compliance with the FSC's certification system as a condition for purchasing lumber (Cashore et al. 2004)....
                • Governance: What Do We Know, and How Do We Know It?

                  Francis FukuyamaFreeman Spogli Institute for International Studies, Stanford University, Stanford, California 94305; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 19: 89 - 105
                  • ...These include environmental regulation (Wapner 1994, Young 1997, Chartier & Deléage 1998, Meidinger et al. 2003, Cashore 2004, Trebilcock & Kirton 2008), ...
                • Limitations of Certification and Supply Chain Standards for Environmental Protection in Commodity Crop Production

                  Kurt B. Waldman and John M. KerrDepartment of Community Sustainability, Michigan State University, East Lansing, Michigan 48824; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 6: 429 - 449
                  • ...The logic of certification is to reward producers for favorable management practices rather than to prohibit or penalize unfavorable practices (Cashore et al. 2004, de Boer 2003, Horne 2009)....
                • In Praise of Tents: Regulatory Studies and Transformative Social Science

                  John BraithwaiteRegNet, ANU College of Asia and the Pacific, The Australian National University, Canberra, ACT 0200, Australia; email: [email protected]

                  Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 10: 1 - 17
                  • ...and her executive leadership were all strategic early moves toward the now booming scholarly field of transnational private regulation (Bartley 2011, Cashore 2004)...
                • Methods and Global Environmental Governance

                  Kate O'Neill,1 Erika Weinthal,2 Kimberly R. Marion Suiseeya,2 Steven Bernstein,3 Avery Cohn,4 Michael W. Stone,5 and Benjamin Cashore51Department of Environmental Science, Policy, and Management, University of California at Berkeley, California 94720; email: [email protected]2Nicholas School of the Environment, Duke University, Durham, North Carolina 27708; email: [email protected], [email protected]3Department of Political Science, University of Toronto, Toronto, Canada M5S 3G3; email: [email protected]4National Center for Atmospheric Research, Boulder, Colorado 80385; email: [email protected]5School of Forestry and Environmental Studies, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut, 06511; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 38: 441 - 471
                  • ... on domestic sources of international cooperation in Central Asia, and Cashore et al. (70) on forest certification....
                  • ...As an example of the effective use of multiple methods, Cashore et al. (70), ...
                • Law, Environment, and the “Nondismal” Social Sciences

                  William Boyd,1 Douglas A. Kysar,2 and Jeffrey J. Rachlinski31University of Colorado Law School, Boulder, Colorado 80309; email: [email protected]2Yale Law School, New Haven, Connecticut 06511; email: [email protected]3Cornell University Law School, Ithaca, New York 14853; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 8: 183 - 211
                  • ...and with the use of market-based certification and labeling regimes to promote social and environmental goods (Bartley 2007, Cashore et al. 2004)....
                • Organizations, Regulation, and Economic Behavior: Regulatory Dynamics and Forms from the Nineteenth to Twenty-First Century

                  Marc Schneiberg1, and Tim Bartley2,1Department of Sociology, Reed College, Portland, Oregon 97125; email: [email protected]2Department of Sociology, Indiana University-Bloomington, Bloomington, Indiana 47405; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 4: 31 - 61
                  • ... and the environmental standards of the Forest Stewardship Council and similar associations (Bartley 2007b, Cashore et al. 2004, Guthman 2007)....
                  • ...and foundations to explain the rise of this form (see also Cashore et al. 2004)....
                  • ...multiple competing initiatives often arise (see Bartley 2007b, Cashore et al. 2004, Kolk 2005)....
                • Certification Schemes and the Impacts on Forests and Forestry

                  Graeme Auld,1 Lars H. Gulbrandsen,2 and Constance L. McDermott31School of Forestry and Environmental Studies, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut 06511; email: [email protected]2Fridtjof Nansen Institute, 1326 Lysaker, Norway; email: [email protected]3Program on Forest Policy and Governance, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut 06511; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 33: 187 - 211
                  • ...although they have served in various advisory roles during standards-setting processes at the national or subnational level (18), ...
                  • ...gradually reducing the percent thresholds, introducing new restrictions delineating acceptable non-FSC content (18, 21), ...
                  • ...Producers have also objected to the stringency and intrusiveness of the FSC's environmental and social standards (11, 17, 18) and have expressed the belief that those who must actually implement rules for sustainable forest management (i.e., ...
                  • ... and have expressed the belief that those who must actually implement rules for sustainable forest management (i.e., companies and forest owners) ought to develop the rules (18, 23)....
                  • ...In North America, producer-backed schemes took form as early as 1993 (18, 24...
                  • ...Initially an industry code of conduct with mandatory self-reporting for association members, the SFI added voluntary third-party verification in 1998 (18, 24)....
                  • ...And although the gap has narrowed (18), there remain differences between FSC- and PEFC-endorsed standards, ...
                  • ...The most regularly used short-run proxy for forest certifications' impacts is the uptake of schemes by producers (4, 11, 18, 24, 28)....
                  • ...A similar but distinct set of works investigates the development of certification within single countries or among a comparative set of countries and examines country-specific influences of market and political factors (10, 18, 25, 28, 29, 76...
                  • ...This reaction underlaid the creation of the PEFC and is one important reason why certain nonindustrial owners have supported producer-backed programs in the United States, Finland, Norway, Sweden, and the United Kingdom (18, 77, 79)....
                  • ...An operation's size also affects its vulnerability to public scrutiny and pressure, with bigness correlating with vulnerability (18)....
                  • ...An export orientation was critical to the early support British Columbia companies gave the FSC (18), ...
                  • ...In the case of countries facing pressure from imports, adoption of FSC certification has also been observed (18), ...
                  • ...well-organized producer associations have worked to impede the progress of FSC certification in certain countries (18)....
                  • ...broad support and participation in the FSC rather than the creation of a competitor scheme (18)....
                  • ...Dependence on export markets helps explain why all the large Swedish forest companies eventually choose the FSC, demonstrating the intersecting effects of factors influencing certification choices (18, 77)....
                  • ...The first of these groups formed in the United Kingdom in 1991 and created an immediate impression that market demand would exist for any producer willing to undergo FSC certification (18)....
                  • ...for two years prior to its 1999 announcement committing the company to avoid certain controversial species and to have a preference for third-party-certified wood (18)....
                  • ...and Mendocino Redwood in California (18)—were all important in elucidating how FSC was, ...
                  • ...Several governments have welcomed the FSC and other schemes by signaling that these are desirable and important private sector initiatives (18, 77, 96)....
                  • ...by contrast, drew more extensively on government-sanctioned criteria and indicator processes (18, ...
                  • ... argues is a strategy to leverage change instead of an absolute belief that these schemes lack merit (see also Reference 18)....
                • The New Corporate Social Responsibility

                  Graeme Auld,1 Steven Bernstein,2 and Benjamin Cashore11School of Forestry and Environmental Studies, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut, 06511; email: [email protected], [email protected]2Department of Political Science, University of Toronto, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5S 3K7, email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 33: 413 - 435
                  • ...Elsewhere, Cashore (100), Cashore et al. (101) and Bernstein & Cashore (102), labeled this phenomenon NSMD on the basis of their work on forest certification and the proliferation of other third-party certification systems that have emerged over the past 15 years....
                • Private Global Business Regulation

                  David VogelHaas School of Business, Department of Political Science, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 11: 261 - 282
                  • ...Described as “one of the most innovative and startling institutional designs of the past 50 years,” these transnational codes directly involve nonbusiness constituencies in their governance (Cashore et al. 2004, ...
                  • ...namely the certification standards for sustainable forestry practices developed by the FSC (Cashore et al. 2004)....
                  • ...Thus efforts to achieve legitimacy place pressure on both the FSC and its industry competitors to alter their rules—both upward and downward (Cashore et al. 2004)....
                  • ...However, like Cashore et al. (2004), he does not examine how code adoption has actually affected forestry practices....

              • 84. 
                Engel S, Lopez R, Palmer C. 2006. Community-industry contracting over natural resource use in a context of weak property rights: the case of Indonesia. Environ. Resour. Econ. 33:73–93
                • Crossref
                • Web of Science ®
                • Google Scholar
                Article Location
              • 85. 
                Durant RF, Chun YP, Kim B, Lee S. 2004. Toward a new governance paradigm for environmental and natural resource management in the 21st century? Adm. Soc. 35:643–82
                • Crossref
                • Web of Science ®
                • Google Scholar
                Article Location
              • 86. 
                Coase R. 1960. The problem of social cost. J. Law Econ. 3:1–44
                • Crossref
                • Web of Science ®
                • Google Scholar
                Article Location
                More AR articles citing this reference

                • Carbon Taxes in Theory and Practice

                  Gilbert E. Metcalf1,2,31Department of Economics, Tufts University, Medford, Massachusetts 02155, USA; email: [email protected]2Resources for the Future, Washington, DC 20036, USA3National Bureau of Economic Research, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138, USA
                  Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 13: 245 - 265
                  • ...Coasian bargaining between the polluter and those affected by pollution cannot substitute for government intervention. Coase (1960, ...
                • Using Price Elasticities of Water Demand to Inform Policy

                  Ellen M. Bruno1 and Katrina Jessoe21Department of Agricultural and Resource Economics, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720-3310, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of Agricultural and Resource Economics, University of California, Davis, California 95616, USA; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 13: 427 - 441
                  • ...The Coasian prescription to this dilemma is to introduce well-defined and tradeable property rights (Coase 1960, Anderson & Libecap 2014)....
                • On the Coevolution of Economic and Ecological Systems

                  Simon Levin1 and Anastasios Xepapadeas2,31Department of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08544, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of International and European Studies, Athens University of Economics and Business, Athens 104 34, Greece; email: [email protected]3Department of Economics, University of Bologna, 40126 Bologna, Italy
                  Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 13: 355 - 377
                  • ... attributed the externality-related inefficiencies to the divergence between private and social costs or benefits and suggested taxes (Pigouvian taxes) or subsidies as correcting measures. Coase (1960) suggested negotiation between a polluter and a pollutee....
                • Payments for Environmental Services: Past Performance and Pending Potentials

                  Sven Wunder,1,2 Jan Börner,3 Driss Ezzine-de-Blas,4 Sarah Feder,1 and Stefano Pagiola51European Forest Institute, 08025 Barcelona, Spain; email: [email protected], [email protected]2Center for International Forestry Research, Lima 12, Peru3Institute for Food and Resource Economics and Center for Development Research, Rheinische Friedrich-Wilhelms-Universität Bonn, 53115 Bonn, Germany; email: [email protected]4CIRAD, Unité Propre de Recherche Forêts et Sociétés (FORETS), Campus de Baillarguet, 34090 Montpellier, France; email: [email protected]5Department of Environment and Natural Resources, World Bank, Washington, DC 20433, USA; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 12: 209 - 234
                  • ...They argued, based on the seminal work of Coase (1960), that direct payments from ES users to providers could be more cost-efficient than indirect approaches (Simpson & Sedjo 1996, Ferraro 2001, Ferraro & Kiss 2002, Ferraro & Simpson 2002, Pagiola & Platais 2002, Wunder 2005)...
                • Cities in the Developing World

                  Gharad Bryan,1 Edward Glaeser,2,3 and Nick Tsivanidis41Department of Economics, London School of Economics, London WC2A 2AE, United Kingdom2Department of Economics, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138, USA; email: [email protected]3National Bureau of Economic Research, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138, USA4Haas School of Business and Department of Economics, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720, USA
                  Annual Review of Economics Vol. 12: 273 - 297
                  • ...as every market failure is ultimately a failure to maintain property rights (Coase 1960)....
                • Understanding Multilateral Institutions in Easy and Hard Times

                  Robert O. KeohaneWoodrow Wilson School of Public and International Affairs, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08540, USA; email: [email protected]

                  Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 23: 1 - 18
                  • ...aided by friends and colleagues who knew about “the new economics of organization” (Coase 1937, 1960...
                  • ...the Coase theorem. Coase (1960) had stated that efficient solutions to externalities problems could be devised without regulations imposing limits on polluters, ...
                • Digital Disruption in Banking

                  Xavier VivesIESE Business School, Barcelona 08034, Spain; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Financial Economics Vol. 11: 243 - 272
                  • ...In principle, the welfare-optimal solution, according to Coase (1960), is to give property rights to customers and let them trade in a competitive data market....
                • Illegal Wildlife Trade: Scale, Processes, and Governance

                  Michael ‘t Sas-Rolfes,1,2 Daniel W.S. Challender,1,3 Amy Hinsley,1,3 Diogo Veríssimo,1,3,4 and E.J. Milner-Gulland1,31Oxford Martin Program on the Illegal Wildlife Trade, Oxford Martin School, University of Oxford, Oxford OX1 3BD, United Kingdom; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2School of Geography and the Environment, University of Oxford, Oxford OX1 3QY, United Kingdom3Department of Zoology, University of Oxford, Oxford OX1 3SZ, United Kingdom4Institute for Conservation Research, San Diego Zoo Global, Escondido, CA 92027, USA
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 44: 201 - 228
                  • ...Whereas the theoretical development of the economic and social significance of property rights took place largely within the domain of law and economics (55, 56), ...
                • The Law and Economics of Redistribution

                  Matthew DimickUniversity at Buffalo School of Law, Buffalo, New York 14260-1100, USA; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 15: 559 - 582
                  • ...Readers familiar with this literature will be aware of the Coase theorem (Coase 1960)....
                  • ... identified what he called the “Distributive Corollary” of the Coase theorem (Coase 1960)....
                • Environmental Justice: Establishing Causal Relationships

                  H. Spencer Banzhaf,1 Lala Ma,2 and Christopher Timmins31Department of Economics, Andrew Young School of Policy Studies, Georgia State University, Atlanta, Georgia 30302, USA2Department of Economics, Gatton College of Business and Economics, University of Kentucky, Lexington, Kentucky 40506, USA3Department of Economics, Duke University, Durham, North Carolina 27708, USA; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 11: 377 - 398
                  • ...which will prove to be the most efficient allocation as well (Coase 1960)....
                • The Economics of Kenneth J. Arrow: A Selective Review

                  Eric S. Maskin1,21Department of Economics, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138, USA; email: [email protected]2International Laboratory of Decision Choice and Analysis, Higher School of Economics, Moscow 101000, Russia
                  Annual Review of Economics Vol. 11: 1 - 26
                  • ...but it illustrates the Coasean idea (Coase 1960) that externality problems can often be solved if the parties concerned get together and reach a bargain (Arrow's personalized prices can be interpreted as the terms of trade reached in the bargain)....
                • The Social Psychology of Property: Looking Beyond Market Exchange

                  Janice Nadler1,21American Bar Foundation, Chicago, Illinois 60611, USA2Northwestern Pritzker School of Law, Northwestern University, Chicago, Illinois 60611, USA; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 14: 367 - 380
                  • ...economic considerations in property law are by now well developed (for examples, see Calabresi & Melamed 1972, Coase 1960, Demsetz 1967, Kaplow & Shavell 1996)....
                  • ...Conventional law and economics assumes that individuals generally view property through the lens of self-interest and utility (Coase 1960)....
                • Collective Rights–Based Fishery Management: A Path to Ecosystem-Based Fishery Management

                  Daniel S. HollandConservation Biology Division, Northwest Fisheries Science Center, National Marine Fisheries Service, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, Seattle, Washington, 98112, USA; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 10: 469 - 485
                  • ...CRBFM can facilitate Coasian bargaining4 (Coase 1960) between fishers and managers or other stakeholders that can identify more efficient and effective solutions more quickly than through government-led regulation....
                  • ...4Coase (1960) hypothesized that two self-interested parties will bargain to a mutually advantageous, ...
                • Are Cattle Markets the Last Frontier? Vertical Coordination in Animal-Based Procurement Markets

                  John M. Crespi1 and Tina L. Saitone21Department of Economics, Iowa State University, Ames, Iowa 50011, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of Agricultural and Resource Economics, University of California, Davis, California 95616, USA; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 10: 207 - 227
                  • ...and how agents create and source inputs is solved by comparing the joint optimization of surplus within a firm versus that optimization using the market (Coase 1960)....
                • Prosocial Motivation and Incentives

                  Timothy Besley1,2 and Maitreesh Ghatak11Department of Economics, London School of Economics, London WC2A 2AE, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]2Canadian Institute for Advanced Research, Toronto, Ontario M5G 1M1, Canada
                  Annual Review of Economics Vol. 10: 411 - 438
                  • ...Coase (1960) points out that the problem of public goods provision is fundamentally grounded in the difficulty of creating property rights for those who gain or lose, ...
                • Measuring the Bioeconomy: Economics and Policies

                  Justus Wesseler1 and Joachim von Braun21Agricultural Economics and Rural Policy Group, Social Science Department, Wageningen University, 6706KN Wageningen, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]2Center for Development Research, University of Bonn, 53113 Bonn, Germany; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 9: 275 - 298
                  • ...Simple regulation of environmental externalities has been criticized, most prominently by Ronald Coase (1960)....
                • Corporate Environmentalism: Motivations and Mechanisms

                  Elizabeth Chrun,1 Nives Dolšak,2 and Aseem Prakash11Department of Political Science, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195; email: [email protected]2School of Marine and Environmental Affairs, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 41: 341 - 362
                  • ...Coase (13), who outlined the possibility of private bargaining between a polluter and a pollutee, ...
                • Next-Generation Environmental Regulation: Law, Regulation, and Governance

                  Neil Gunningham1 and Cameron Holley21Regulatory Institutions Network, Australian National University, Canberra ACT 0200, Australia; email: [email protected]2Faculty of Law and Connected Waters Initiative Research Centre, UNSW Australia, Sydney 2052, Australia; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 12: 273 - 293
                  • ...and were considered far more efficient than direct law because they provided industry with the flexibility and autonomy to make least-cost decisions (Coase 1960, Gómez-Baggethun & Muradian 2015)....
                • The Economics of Energy Security

                  Gilbert E. MetcalfDepartment of Economics, Tufts University, Medford, Massachusetts 02155; email: [email protected]National Bureau of Economic Research, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138
                  Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 6: 155 - 174
                  • ...In the absence of strong conditions on the ability of economic agents to bargain (see Coase 1960), ...
                • Payment for Ecosystem Services from Forests

                  Jennifer Alix-Garcia1 and Hendrik Wolff21Department of Agricultural & Applied Economics, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin 53706; email: [email protected]2Department of Economics, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 6: 361 - 380
                  • ...These local agreements embody the Coasian ideal of private consumers dealing directly with suppliers to arrive at mutually agreeable terms (Coase 1960), ...
                • The Economics of Environmental Monitoring and Enforcement

                  Jay P. ShimshackFrank Batten School of Leadership and Public Policy, University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Virginia 22904; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 6: 339 - 360
                  • ...including those related to agency enforcement costs, agent risk-bearing costs, and Coasian transaction costs (Coase 1960)....
                • Limitations of Certification and Supply Chain Standards for Environmental Protection in Commodity Crop Production

                  Kurt B. Waldman and John M. KerrDepartment of Community Sustainability, Michigan State University, East Lansing, Michigan 48824; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 6: 429 - 449
                  • ...In essence, from a Coasian perspective (Coase 1960), farmers own the property right over the use of public waterways to absorb sediment and nutrients that leave their fields....
                • Critical Race Theory Meets Social Science

                  Devon W. Carbado1 and Daria Roithmayr21School of Law, University of California, Los Angeles, California 90095; email: [email protected]2Gould School of Law, University of Southern California, Los Angeles, California 90089; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 10: 149 - 167
                  • ...legal regulation and Coasean economic theory had entirely dominated contemporary accounts of social order. Coase (1960) had assumed that people knew the law well enough to understand their initial legal entitlements, ...
                • Market Instruments for the Sustainability Transition

                  Edward A. Parson1 and Eric L. Kravitz21School of Law, University of California, Los Angeles, California 90095; email: [email protected]2School of Natural Resources and Environment, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48109; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 38: 415 - 440
                  • ...enable parties to negotiate the socially optimal level of pollution, with compensation as needed, without state action (40)....
                • What Can We Learn from the End of the Grand Policy Experiment? The Collapse of the National SO2 Trading Program and Implications for Tradable Permits as a Policy Instrument

                  David A. Evans1 and Richard T. Woodward2,†1National Center for Environmental Economics, US Environmental Protection Agency, Washington, DC 20460; email: [email protected]2Department of Agricultural Economics, Texas A&M University, College Station, Texas 77840; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 5: 325 - 348
                  • ...The theoretical foundations of tradable emissions permits are typically traced back to a debate between Pigou (1952) and Coase (1960)....
                  • ...The ideas of Crocker (1966) most closely resemble those of Coase (1960), ...
                • Cumulative Carbon Emissions and the Green Paradox

                  Frederick van der PloegDepartment of Economics, Oxford OX1 3UQ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]Department of Economics, VU University Amsterdam, 1081 HV Amsterdam, Netherlands
                  Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 5: 281 - 300
                  • ...can be overcome by appeal to the Coase (1960) theorem: Fossil fuel importers simply buy up the fossil fuel deposits and conservatively deplete them, ...
                • The Political Economy of Fishery Reform

                  Corbett A. Grainger and Dominic P. ParkerDepartment of Agricultural and Applied Economics, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin 53706; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 5: 369 - 386
                  • ...the initial allocation of rights in an ITQ fishery should not affect the efficiency of the outcome if the transaction costs of trade and the ex post reallocation are low (see Coase 1960)....
                • Voluntary Approaches to Environmental Protection and Resource Management

                  Kathleen SegersonDepartment of Economics, University of Connecticut, Storrs, Connecticut 06269-1063; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 5: 161 - 180
                  • ...payments for environmental services can be viewed as an application of the principles underlying the Coase Theorem (Coase 1960)....
                • Payment for Environmental Services: Hypotheses and Evidence

                  Lee J. Alston,1,2,3 Krister Andersson,1,4,5 and Steven M. Smith1,21Institute of Behavioral Science, University of Colorado, Boulder, Colorado 80309; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2Department of Economics, University of Colorado, Boulder, Colorado 803093National Bureau of Economic Research, Cambridge, Massachusetts 021384Department of Political Science, University of Colorado, Boulder, Colorado 803095Centro de Investigación Sociedad y Políticas Públicas, Universidad de los Lagos, Santiago 8370321, Chile
                  Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 5: 139 - 159
                  • ...and (b) it is seen as a way to compensate rather than regulate the poor.3 PES draws on the Coasian principle that with clear property rights and low transaction costs, bargaining can achieve the socially optimal level (Coase 1960)....
                  • ...Coase (1960) highlights the important role that transaction costs have in dealing with social costs....
                  • ...suggesting an incentive to monitor the service and to ensure that it is provided and enforced (Corbera et al. 2009). Vatn (2010), along the lines of Coase (1960), ...
                  • ...The assignment of property rights is at the core of Coase (1960)....
                  • ...Alternatively, as Coase (1960, p. 39) notes, sometimes “it costs too much to put the matter right.”...
                  • ...1We express caution here because the issue, as Coase (1960) notes, ...
                • Climate Change Politics

                  Thomas BernauerCenter for Comparative and International Studies and Institute for Environmental Decisions, ETH Zurich, CH-8092 Zurich, Switzerland; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 16: 421 - 448
                  • ...One theoretical limitation of this literature is that much of it relies on a Coasian framework (Coase 1960)....
                • Formal Models of International Institutions

                  Michael J. Gilligan1 and Leslie Johns21Department of Politics, New York University, New York, New York 10003; email: [email protected]2Department of Political Science, University of California, Los Angeles 90095; email: [email protected]
                  Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 15: 221 - 243
                  • The Consequences of the Internet for Politics

                    Henry FarrellDepartment of Political Science, George Washington University, Washington, DC 20037; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 15: 35 - 52
                    • ...it will make it easier for the affected actors to pursue their goals. Shirky (2009) provides an explicitly Coasean (Coase 1960) version of this thesis....
                  • The New Economics of Evaluating Water Projects

                    Per-Olov Johansson1 and Bengt Kriström21Department of Economics, Stockholm School of Economics, 11383 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected]2Centre for Environmental & Resource Economics, SLU, Umeå University, 90187 Umeå, Sweden; email: Bengt.[email protected]
                    Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 3: 231 - 254
                    • ...it seems a bit surprising that he does not connect his discussion to property rights and the Coase theorem; see Coase (1960)....
                  • Efficiency Advantages of Grandfathering in Rights-Based Fisheries Management

                    Terry Anderson,1 Ragnar Arnason,2 and Gary D. Libecap3,4,*1PERC, Bozeman Montana Hoover Institution, Bozeman, Montana 59718; email: [email protected]2Department of Economics, University of Iceland, 101 Reykjavik, Iceland; email: [email protected]3Bren School of Environmental Science and Management, University of California, Santa Barbara, California 93106; email: [email protected]4National Bureau of Economic Research, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138
                    Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 3: 159 - 179
                    • ...group or individual) leads to the dissipation of resource rents and prevents bargaining solutions of the type outlined by Coase (1960)....
                  • Empirical Legal Scholarship in Law Reviews

                    Shari Seidman Diamond1,2 and Pam Mueller11Northwestern University School of Law, Chicago, Illinois 60201; email: [email protected], [email protected]2American Bar Foundation, Chicago, Illinois 60611
                    Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 6: 581 - 599
                    • ...Other seminal interdisciplinary articles dealing with law and economics were also published at this time (Calabresi 1961, Coase 1960, Michelman 1967), ...
                  • Law and Society: Project and Practice

                    Richard L. AbelSchool of Law, University of California, Los Angeles, California 90095; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 6: 1 - 23
                    • ...L&E wanted to minimize its “distortions” of the market (Coase 1960)....
                  • Evaluating Energy Efficiency Policies with Energy-Economy Models

                    Luis Mundaca,1 Lena Neij,1 Ernst Worrell,2 and Michael McNeil31International Institute for Industrial Environmental Economics, Lund University, 221 00 Lund, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected]2Department of Innovation and Environmental Sciences, Utrecht University, NL-3584 CS Utrecht, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]3Energy and Environmental Technologies Division, Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory, Berkeley, California 94720-8136; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 35: 305 - 344
                    • ...These costs involve expenditures that are not directly involved in the production of goods or services but are essential for realizing the transaction (87)....
                  • Experimental Law and Economics

                    Rachel CrosonDepartment of Economics, School of Economics, Political and Policy Sciences, University of Texas at Dallas, Richardson, Texas 75080-3021; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 5: 25 - 44
                    • ...individuals will bargain to reach an efficient outcome, regardless of how property rights are assigned (Coase 1960).1 Thus, ...
                  • Willpower and Legal Policy

                    Lee Anne FennellUniversity of Chicago Law School, Chicago, Illinois 60637; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 5: 91 - 113
                    • ...As Coase (1960) demonstrated, in a zero-transaction-cost environment, all costs would be taken into account and an efficient result would always be reached, ...
                  • The Economics of Endangered Species

                    Robert Innes2 and George Frisvold1 1Department of Agricultural and Resource Economics, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721; email: [email protected] 2School of Social Sciences, Humanities and Arts, University of California, Merced, California 95344; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 1: 485 - 512
                    • ...Economists’ first reaction to the compensation issue is often an appeal to the logic of Coase (1960)....
                  • Networks and Economic Behavior

                    Matthew O. JacksonDepartment of Economics, Stanford University, Stanford, California 94305-6072; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Economics Vol. 1: 489 - 511
                    • ...inefficiencies arising from externalities can be rectified through proper transfers; an idea known as the Coase (1960) theorem....
                  • Hobbesian Hierarchy: The Political Economy of Political Organization

                    David A. LakeDepartment of Political Science, University of California, San Diego, La Jolla, California 92093-0521; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 12: 263 - 283
                    • ...The main insight originates with Coase (1937, 1960), who famously asked why all transactions are not conducted in an arm's-length market between anomic individuals....
                  • The Rule of Law and Economic Development

                    Stephan Haggard,1 Andrew MacIntyre,2and Lydia Tiede31Graduate School of International Relations and Pacific Studies, University of California at San Diego, La Jolla, California 92093-0519; email: [email protected]2Crawford School of Economics and Government, Australian National University, Canberra ACT 0200, Australia; email: [email protected]3Department of Political Science, University of California at San Diego, La Jolla, California 92093-0521; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 11: 205 - 234
                    • ...But it was not until the 1960s that work by Coase (1960), Alchian (1965), Demsetz (1967, Alchian & Demsetz 1973), Williamson (1971, 1985) and others laid the groundwork of the new institutional economics, ...
                  • The Role of Politics in Economic Development

                    Peter GourevitchSchool of International Relations and Department of Political Science, University of California at San Diego, La Jolla, California 92093; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 11: 137 - 159
                    • ...A version of the human-capital argument that focuses on trust and private bonding mechanisms (Coase 1960) plays a substantial role in debates about growth and institutions....
                  • Carbon Trading: A Review of the Kyoto Mechanisms

                    Cameron HepburnSt. Hugh's College and the Environmental Change Institute, Oxford University, Oxford OX2 6LE, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 32: 375 - 393
                    • ...who pointed out the social benefits of forcing companies to pay for the costs of their pollution, and were developed by Coase (3), ...
                  • Public Policy Analysis: Ideas and Impacts

                    William T. Gormley, Jr.Georgetown Public Policy Institute, Georgetown University, Washington, DC 20007; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 10: 297 - 313
                    • ...Although some economists stressed that the assignment of property rights helps to resolve externality problems (Coase 1960), ...
                  • ASSESSING THE COSTS OF ELECTRICITY

                    Daniel M. Kammen1,2 and Sergio Pacca31Energy and Resources Group and University of California, Berkeley, California 94720-3050; email: [email protected]2Goldman School of Public Policy, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720-30503Center for Sustainable Systems, School of Natural Resources & Environment, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI 48109-1115; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 29: 301 - 344
                    • ...addressed quantitatively by producers and consumers involved in transactions in energy markets (25)....
                  • The Sociology of Property Rights

                    Bruce G. Carruthers andLaura AriovichDepartment of Sociology, Northwestern University, Evanston, Illinois 60208; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 30: 23 - 46
                    • ...the initial allocation of property rights makes no difference for outcomes; rational actors will simply do what is most efficient (Coase 1960)....
                  • Emission Trading and Public Health

                    Alexander E. Farrell1 and Lester B. Lave2 1 Energy and Resources Group, University of California,
                    Berkeley, California 94720-3050
                    ; email: [email protected] 2 Graduate School of Industrial Administration and Department of Engineering and Public Policy, Carnegie Mellon University,
                    Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15213-3890
                    ; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Public Health Vol. 25: 119 - 138
                    • ...economists had already worked out many of the key theoretical issues associated with emission trading (6, 16, 20, 68)....
                  • Sustainable Governance of Common-Pool Resources: Context, Methods, and Politics

                    Arun AgrawalDepartment of Political Science, McGill University, Montréal, Québec H3A 2T7, Canada; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 32: 243 - 262
                    • ...Note that their result is a formalization of Coase's (1960) insight that property rights are irrelevant in the absence of transactions costs and with full information....
                  • An Intellectual History of Environmental Economics

                    David PearceDepartment of Economics, University College London, Gower Street, London, WC1E 6BT, Department of Environmental Science and Technology, Imperial College London, United Kingdom; e-mail: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Energy and the Environment Vol. 27: 57 - 81
                    • ...A final important contribution was Coase's “Problem of Social Cost” (22)....
                  • Psychology and International Relations Theory

                    J. M. Goldgeier1 and P. E. Tetlock21Department of Political Science, George Washington University, 2201 G. Street NW, Washington, DC 20052; e-mail: [email protected];2Departments of Psychology and Political Science, Ohio State University, 142 Townshend Hall, 1885 Neil Avenue, Columbus, Ohio 43210; e-mail: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 4: 67 - 92
                    • ...The microeconomic variant of institutionalism articulated by Keohane [building on the earlier work of Coase (1960), Williamson (1965)...
                  • The Legal Environments of Organizations

                    Lauren B. EdelmanCenter for the Study of Law and Society, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720; e-mail: [email protected]Mark C. SuchmanDepartment of Sociology and School of Law, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin 53706; e-mail: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 23: 479 - 515
                    • ...This is the “transaction cost analysis” tradition, most often associated with institutional economists such as Coase (40, 41), ...
                    • ...Building on the path-breaking work of Ronald Coase (40, 41), transaction cost analysis argues that organizations are best understood as devices for efficiently governing economic relations when markets fail due to uncertainty, ...

                • 87. 
                  Cheung SNS. 1970. The structure of a contract and the theory of a Non-Exclusive Resource. J. Law Econ. 13:49–70
                  • Crossref
                  • Web of Science ®
                  • Google Scholar
                  Article Location
                  More AR articles citing this reference

                  • A Conversation with Douglass North

                    Douglass C. North,1 Gardner Brown,2,3 and Dean Lueck4 1Department of Economics, Washington University, St. Louis, Missouri 63130 2Department of Economics, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195; email: [email protected] 3Resources for the Future, Washington, DC 20036 4Department of Agricultural and Resource Economics, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 7: 1 - 10
                    • ... 6 North’s UW colleague Steven Cheung (1970) published a paper that extended the work of Gordon (1954)...
                  • Institutional Failure in Resource Management

                    James M. AchesonDepartments of Anthropology and Marine Science, University of Maine, Orono, Maine 04469; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 35: 117 - 134
                    • ...by establishing licenses or limiting entry schemes (Cheung 1970, Gordon 1954, Johnson 1972, Posner 1977, Scott 1955)....
                  • Sustainable Governance of Common-Pool Resources: Context, Methods, and Politics

                    Arun AgrawalDepartment of Political Science, McGill University, Montréal, Québec H3A 2T7, Canada; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 32: 243 - 262
                    • ...A number of writings have undertaken important theoretical development to focus on the commons dilemmas that confront communities of users (Cheung 1970, Dasgupta & Heal 1979, Oakerson 1992, Ostrom 1990, Runge 1984)....

                • 88. 
                  Brammer S, Millington A. 2003. The effect of stakeholder preferences, organizational structure and industry type on corporate community involvement. J. Bus. Ethics 45:213–26
                  • Crossref
                  • Web of Science ®
                  • Google Scholar
                  Article Location
                • 89. 
                  Bartley T. 2003. Certifying forests and factories: states, social movements, and the rise of private regulation in the apparel and forest products fields. Polit. Soc. 31:433–64
                  • Crossref
                  • Web of Science ®
                  • Google Scholar
                  Article Location
                  More AR articles citing this reference

                  • Sustainability Standards: Interactions Between Private Actors, Civil Society, and Governments

                    Eric F. Lambin1,2 and Tannis Thorlakson31School of Earth, Energy & Environmental Sciences, and Woods Institute for the Environment, Stanford University, Stanford, California 94305, USA; email: [email protected]2Georges Lemaître Earth and Climate Research Centre, Earth and Life Institute, Université Catholique de Louvain, 1348 Louvain-la-Neuve, Belgium3Emmett Interdisciplinary Program in Environment and Resources, Stanford University, Stanford, California 94305, USA; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 43: 369 - 393
                    • ...based on naming-and-shaming against companies to critique particular practices and incentivize firms to reform (94, 100, 101)....
                  • Transnational Governance for Mining and the Mineral Lifecycle

                    Graeme Auld,1 Michele Betsill,2 and Stacy D. VanDeveer31School of Public Policy and Administration, Carleton University, Ottawa, Ontario K1S 5B6, Canada; email: [email protected]2Department of Political Science, Colorado State University, Fort Collins, Colorado 80523, USA; email: [email protected]3Department of Conflict Resolution, Human Security & Global Governance, University of Massachusetts, Boston, Boston, Massachusetts 02125, USA; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 43: 425 - 453
                    • ... analyze the rise of transnational climate change governance, whereas Bartley (18, 19)...
                  • Globalization and Social Movements

                    Paul Almeida1 and Chris Chase-Dunn21Department of Sociology, University of California, Merced, California 95343, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of Sociology, University of California, Riverside, California 92521, USA; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 44: 189 - 211
                    • ...especially in the organizational fields of environmental and labor standards (Bartley 2003, 2007...
                  • Multiactor Governance and the Environment

                    Peter Newell,1 Philipp Pattberg,2 and Heike Schroeder31Department of International Relations, University of Sussex, Sussex BN1 9SN, United Kingdom: email: [email protected]2Institute for Environmental Studies, Department of Environmental Policy Analysis, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, Amsterdam 1081 HV, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]3School of International Development, University of East Anglia, Norwich NR4 7TJ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 37: 365 - 387
                    • ...Research on multiactor governance for sustainability has paid considerable attention to the emergence of new governance mechanisms (for example, References 136, 137, 138)....
                  • The Contentiousness of Markets: Politics, Social Movements, and Institutional Change in Markets

                    Brayden G King and Nicholas A. PearceKellogg School of Management, Northwestern University, Evanston, Illinois 60208; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 36: 249 - 267
                    • ...This new wave of scholarship continues to recognize the interrelatedness of governments and markets (e.g., Bartley 2003, Ingram & Rao 2004), ...
                    • ...promote responsible corporate behavior by certifying companies that adhere to higher standards embraced by the activist community (Bartley 2003, 2005)....
                    • ...Anticorporate campaigns that use tactics such as boycotts sometimes evolve into systems of private regulation. Bartley (2003, 2007) explains how social movement campaigns in the apparel and forest products industries emerged in response to ongoing political contestation of the fields by activist groups....
                    • ...and this may be especially likely when social movements apply pressure (Bartley 2003, 2007...
                  • Certification Schemes and the Impacts on Forests and Forestry

                    Graeme Auld,1 Lars H. Gulbrandsen,2 and Constance L. McDermott31School of Forestry and Environmental Studies, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut 06511; email: [email protected]2Fridtjof Nansen Institute, 1326 Lysaker, Norway; email: [email protected]3Program on Forest Policy and Governance, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut 06511; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 33: 187 - 211
                    • ...the Austrian government choose to give the FSC funds it had budgeted for its import restrictions (97)....
                    • ...Labor standards and forestry certification began as separate processes; those working on the respective schemes had little knowledge of what was happening in other sectors (97)....
                  • The New Corporate Social Responsibility

                    Graeme Auld,1 Steven Bernstein,2 and Benjamin Cashore11School of Forestry and Environmental Studies, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut, 06511; email: [email protected], [email protected]2Department of Political Science, University of Toronto, Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5S 3K7, email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 33: 413 - 435
                    • ...it must promote behavior beyond compliance with existing laws (8; 11, p. 108; 17–19)....
                    • ...developed into a system that monitors individual companies according to specified social criteria, including child labor and worker safety (108...
                  • Global Environmental Governance: Taking Stock, Moving Forward

                    Frank Biermann and Philipp PattbergDepartment of Environmental Policy Analysis, Institute for Environmental Studies, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, 1081 HV Amsterdam, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]; [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 33: 277 - 294
                    • ...Different theoretical approaches and single or comparative case studies offer promising explanations for the formation of transnational institutions that address global environmental problems (64–66)....
                  • Moral Views of Market Society

                    Marion Fourcade1 and Kieran Healy21Department of Sociology, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720-1980; email: [email protected]2Department of Sociology, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 33: 285 - 311
                    • ...new systems of private regulation via certification have also emerged as a consequence of bottom-up protests by social movement activists working within the prevailing neoliberal climate to extend the notions of accountability and transparency to corporate policy on environmental and labor questions (Bartley 2003, Goldman 2005)....
                  • The Consequences of Economic Globalization for Affluent Democracies

                    David Brady,1 Jason Beckfield,2 and Wei Zhao31Department of Sociology, Duke University, Durham, North Carolina 27708; email: [email protected]2Department of Sociology, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138; email: [email protected]3Department of Sociology, University of North Carolina, Charlotte, North Carolina 28223; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 33: 313 - 334
                    • ...or movements of corporate social responsibility like environmental and labor certifications (Bartley 2003)....

                • 90. 
                  Delmas M, Keller A. 2005. Free riding in voluntary environmental programs: the case of the U.S. E.P.A. WasteWise Program. Policy Sci. 38:91–106
                  • Crossref
                  • Web of Science ®
                  • Google Scholar
                  Article Location
                • 91. 
                  Auperle KE, Carroll AB, Hatfield JD. 1985. An empirical examination of the relationship between corporate social responsibility and profitability. Acad. Manag. J. 28:446–63
                  • Crossref
                  • Web of Science ®
                  • Google Scholar
                  Article Location
                  More AR articles citing this reference

                  • Capitalism, Governance, and Authority: The Case of Corporate Social Responsibility

                    Ronen ShamirDepartment of Sociology & Anthropology, Tel Aviv University, Tel Aviv 69978, Israel; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 6: 531 - 553
                    • ...The question of the relationship between CSR and profitability is as old as the field itself (Aupperle et al. 1985), ...

                • 92. 
                  Cochran PL, Wood RA. 1984. Corporate social responsibility and financial performance. Acad. Manag. J. 27:42–56
                  • Crossref
                  • Web of Science ®
                  • Google Scholar
                  Article Location
                • 93. 
                  Wilbanks TJ. 2002. Geographic scaling issues in integrated assessments of climate change. Integr. Assess. 3:100–14
                  • Crossref
                  • Google Scholar
                  Article Location
                • 94. 
                  Adger N, Brown K, Tompkins EL. 2006. The political economy of cross-scale networks in resource co-management. Ecol. Soc. 10:18
                  • Web of Science ®
                  • Google Scholar
                  More AR articles citing this reference

                  • Social-Ecological Systems Insights for Navigating the Dynamics of the Anthropocene

                    Belinda Reyers,1,2 Carl Folke,1,3 Michele-Lee Moore,1,4 Reinette Biggs,1,5 and Victor Galaz1,31Stockholm Resilience Centre, Stockholm University, Stockholm SE-10691, Sweden; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2Department of Conservation Ecology and Entomology, Stellenbosch University, Matieland 7602, South Africa3Beijer Institute, Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences, Stockholm SE-10405, Sweden4Department of Geography, University of Victoria, Victoria V8W 2Y2, Canada5Centre for Complex Systems in Transition, Stellenbosch University, Matieland 7602, South Africa
                    Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 43: 267 - 289
                    • ...SES research also highlights the multi- and cross-scale nature of these intertwined SES connections and feedbacks across time and space (28, 107...
                  • Transformative Environmental Governance

                    Brian C. Chaffin,1 Ahjond S. Garmestani,2 Lance H. Gunderson,3 Melinda Harm Benson,4 David G. Angeler,5 Craig Anthony (Tony) Arnold,6 Barbara Cosens,7 Robin Kundis Craig,8 J.B. Ruhl,9 and Craig R. Allen10 1College of Forestry & Conservation, University of Montana, Missoula, Montana 59801; email: [email protected]2National Risk Management Research Laboratory, US Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio 45268; email: [email protected]3Department of Environmental Sciences, Emory University, Atlanta, Georgia 30322; email: [email protected]4Department of Geography & Environmental Studies, University of New Mexico, Albuquerque, New Mexico 87131; email: [email protected]5Department of Aquatic Sciences and Assessment, Swedish University of Agricultural Sciences, 75007 Uppsala, Sweden; email: [email protected]6Brandeis School of Law and Department of Urban and Public Affairs, University of Louisville, Louisville, Kentucky 40208; email: [email protected]7College of Law, University of Idaho, Moscow, Idaho 83844; email: [email protected]8S.J. Quinney College of Law, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah 84112; email: [email protected]9Vanderbilt Law School, Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tennessee 37203; email: [email protected]10US Geological Survey, Nebraska Cooperative Fish and Wildlife Research Unit, University of Nebraska, Lincoln, Nebraska 68583; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 41: 399 - 423
                    • ...often informal and nongovernmental aspects of environmental governance are common in approaches referred to as adaptive comanagement (22...
                  • Connectivity and the Governance of Multilevel Social-Ecological Systems: The Role of Social Capital

                    Eduardo S. Brondizio,1 Elinor Ostrom,2 and Oran R. Young31Department of Anthropology, Anthropological Center for Training and Research on Global Environmental Change (ACT), Center for the Study of Institutions, Population, and Environmental Change (CIPEC), Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana 47405; email: [email protected]2Workshop in Political Theory and Policy Analysis, CIPEC, Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana 47405; email: [email protected]3Bren School of Environmental Science and Management, University of California, Santa Barbara, California 93106; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 34: 253 - 278
                    • ...–15) and is the focus of the eighth institutional design principle, ...
                  • Transitions: Pastoralists Living with Change

                    Kathleen A. GalvinDepartment of Anthropology and Natural Resource Ecology Laboratory, Colorado State University, Fort Collins, Colorado 80523; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 38: 185 - 198
                    • ...local-level social capital is often insufficient for management and use of the grasslands (Adger et al. 2006)....
                  • Adaptation to Environmental Change: Contributions of a Resilience Framework

                    Donald R. Nelson,1,4 W. Neil Adger,1,2 and Katrina Brown1,31Tyndall Centre for Climate Change Research, 2School of Environmental Sciences, 3School of Development Studies, University of East Anglia, Norwich, NR4 7TJ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]4Bureau of Applied Research in Anthropology, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721
                    Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 32: 395 - 419
                    • ...the ideal has been refuted and critiqued by a pragmatic political economy perspective that suggests that failure to recognize power imbalances between stakeholders simply moves adaptive governance toward reinforcing existing inequalities and the perpetuation of narrow interests (100, 101)....

                • 95. 
                  Lebel L, Garden P, Imamura M. 2005. The politics of scale, position, and place in the governance of water resources in the Mekong Region. Ecol. Soc. 10:9
                  • Crossref
                  • Web of Science ®
                  • Google Scholar
                  Article Location
                  More AR articles citing this reference

                  • Decentralization of Natural Resource Governance Regimes

                    Anne M. Larson1 and Fernanda Soto21Center for International Forestry Research, Managua, Nicaragua; email: [email protected]2Department of Anthropology, University of Texas, Austin, Texas 78712; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 33: 213 - 239
                    • ...Polycentric and multilayered institutions are highly flexible and respond more adaptively because they provide a better fit between knowledge, action, and local socio-ecological contexts (107)....
                  • Linking Knowledge and Action for Sustainable Development

                    Lorrae van Kerkhoff1 and Louis Lebel21National Centre for Epidemiology and Population Health, The Australian National University, Canberra, Australian Capital Territory 0200, Australia; email: [email protected]2Unit for Social and Environmental Research, Chiang Mai University, Muang, Chiang Mai 50202, Thailand; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 31: 445 - 477
                    • ...It also includes integration of different political units involved in or affected by water management efforts (71)....

                • 96. 
                  Rival L. 2003. The meaning of forest governance in Esmeraldas, Ecuador. Oxford Dev. Stud. 31:479–501
                  • Crossref
                  • Google Scholar
                  Article Location
                • 97. 
                  Keck ME, Sikkink K. 1998. Activists Beyond Borders: Advocacy Networks in International Politics. Ithaca, NY: Cornell Univ. Press
                  • Google Scholar
                  Article Location
                  More AR articles citing this reference

                  • Constructing the Human Right to a Healthy Environment

                    John H. KnoxWake Forest University School of Law, Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27109, USA; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 16: 79 - 95
                    • ...at times, by forming transnational advocacy networks (Graubart 2008, Keck & Sikkink 1998)....
                  • Legal Mobilization and Authoritarianism

                    Lynette J. ChuaFaculty of Law, National University of Singapore, Singapore 259776; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 15: 355 - 376
                    • ...and—in a move that illustrates the “boomerang effect” (Keck & Sikkink 1998)...
                  • Globalization and Business Regulation

                    Marie-Laure Djelic1 and Sigrid Quack21Centre de Sociologie des Organisations, Sciences Po, 75007 Paris, France; email: [email protected]2Institute of Sociology and KHK/Centre for Global Cooperation Research, Universität Duisburg-Essen, 47057 Duisburg, Germany; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 44: 123 - 143
                    • ...cultural and political meanings of their joint enterprise” (Keck & Sikkink 1998, ...
                  • Globalization and Social Movements

                    Paul Almeida1 and Chris Chase-Dunn21Department of Sociology, University of California, Merced, California 95343, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of Sociology, University of California, Riverside, California 92521, USA; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 44: 189 - 211
                    • ...and the struggles for the abolition of slavery (Keck & Sikkink 1998, Markoff 2016)....
                  • Measuring the Impact of Human Rights: Conceptual and Methodological Debates

                    Christopher J. Fariss1 and Geoff Dancy21Department of Political Science, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48109; email: [email protected]2Department of Political Science, Tulane University, New Orleans, Louisiana 70118; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 13: 273 - 294
                    • ...and scholars of social movements were high on the potential for legal activism to address several rights (Keck & Sikkink 1998)....
                    • ...International and domestic monitors are also able to look harder and in more places for abuse because of an increasingly dense network of civil society organizations (Greenhill 2010, Keck & Sikkink 1998, Murdie & Bhasin 2011)....
                    • ...in part because binding human rights law and human rights information gathering emerged as part of the same transnational campaigns (Brysk 1994; Keck & Sikkink 1998...
                  • The Catholic Church and International Law

                    Elizabeth Heger Boyle,1 Shannon Golden,2 and Wenjie Liao31Department of Sociology, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55455; email: [email protected]2Center for Victims of Torture, St. Paul, Minnesota 55114; email: [email protected]3Department of Sociology and Anthropology, North Carolina State University, Raleigh, North Carolina 27604; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 13: 395 - 411
                    • ...similar to the transnational advocacy networks so famously described by Keck & Sikkink (1998)...
                  • Corporate Complicity in International Human Rights Violations

                    Leigh A. Payne1,2 and Gabriel Pereira11Department of Sociology, University of Oxford, Oxford OX1 3UQ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]; [email protected]2Latin American Centre, University of Oxford, Oxford OX2 6JF, United Kingdom
                    Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 12: 63 - 84
                    • ...Both statistical and qualitative case study analysis pointed to pressure from transnational advocacy networks (Keck & Sikkink 1998) for positive human rights outcomes....
                  • Social Rights Constitutionalism: Negotiating the Tension Between the Universal and the Particular

                    Daniel M. Brinks,1, Varun Gauri,2 and Kyle Shen11School of Law, University of Texas at Austin, Austin, Texas 78712; email: [email protected]; [email protected]2The World Bank Development Research Group, Washington, DC 20433; email: [email protected].
                    Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 11: 289 - 308
                    • ...In Keck & Sikkink's (1998) work on transnational advocacy networks, local actors partner with international nongovernmental organizations to exert leverage on states....
                  • Transnational Humanitarianism

                    Miriam TicktinDepartment of Anthropology, The New School for Social Research, New York, NY 10003; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 43: 273 - 289
                    • ...Scholars have often used Foucault's concept of “governmentality” to think about how populations are governed in ways that exceed the state (Feher et al. 2007, Ferguson & Gupta 2002, Ghosh 1994, Keck & Sikkink 1998)....
                  • The Justice Cascade: The Origins and Effectiveness of Prosecutions of Human Rights Violations

                    Kathryn Sikkink1 and Hun Joon Kim21Department of Political Science, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55455; email: [email protected]2Griffith Asia Institute and School of Government and International Relations, Griffith University, Queensland 4111, Australia; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 9: 269 - 285
                    • ...Scholars of international relations have stressed the important role of individuals and advocacy groups in bringing normative changes to politics (Finnemore & Sikkink 1998, Keck & Sikkink 1998)....
                  • Humanitarian Governance

                    Michael N. BarnettElliott School of International Affairs, George Washington University, Washington, DC 20052; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 16: 379 - 398
                    • ...it is partly because NGOs are mobilizing pressure and shaming states into compliance (Keck & Sikkink 1998)....
                  • International Human Rights Law and Social Movements: States' Resistance and Civil Society's Insistence

                    Kiyoteru Tsutsui, Claire Whitlinger, and Alwyn LimDepartment of Sociology, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48109; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 8: 367 - 396
                    • ...UN delegates to successfully lobby for gender-neutral terms in the UN Charter and the UDHR and to establish the Commission on the Status of Women in the United Nations as early as in 1946 (Fraser 1999, Keck & Sikkink 1998, Morsink 1999).8 In 1979, ...
                    • ...and facilitates formation of social movement identity and actorhood (Brysk 2002, della Porta et al. 1999, della Porta & Tarrow 2004, Guidry et al. 2000, Kay 2005, Keck & Sikkink 1998, Khagram et al. 2002, Koenig & Dierkes 2011, Smith & Johnston 2002, Tarrow 2005, Tsutsui 2006, Tsutsui & Shin 2008)....
                    • ...Such face-to-face encounters, according to Keck & Sikkink (1998, p. 169), ...
                    • ...have facilitated or even launched human rights movements in local communities (Bird 1998, Dezalay & Garth 2001, Keck & Sikkink 1998).13 For example, ...
                    • ...case studies have identified the significant impact of foundation funding to human rights organizations in Argentina (Keck & Sikkink 1998), ...
                    • ...engagement with international human rights law may have made social movements across the globe toe more rationalized and professionalized lines (cf. Keck & Sikkink 1998, Meyer & Tarrow 1998)....
                  • Outsourcing Social Transformation: Development NGOs as Organizations

                    Susan Cotts Watkins,1,2 Ann Swidler,3 and Thomas Hannan41Department of Sociology, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 191042California Center for Population Research, University of California, Los Angeles, California 90095; email: [email protected]3Department of Sociology, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720; email: [email protected]4Department of Sociology, University of California, Los Angeles, California 90095; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 38: 285 - 315
                    • ...such as those promoting women's rights (Merry 2006) and human rights (Keck & Sikkink 1998, Sikkink 2008)....
                    • ...as the social movement organizations of the Global North (but see Keck & Sikkink 1998, Khagram et al. 2002, Moog 2009, Pieck & Moog 2009)....
                  • What (If Anything) Does East Asia Tell Us About International Relations Theory?

                    Alastair Iain JohnstonDepartment of Government, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 15: 53 - 78
                    • ...With a few notable exceptions (Keck & Sikkink 1998), network analysis emphasizes structure to the neglect of the effect of social interaction on agents' identities....
                  • Global Civil Society: The Progress of Post-Westphalian Politics

                    John S. DryzekCenter for Deliberative Democracy and Global Governance, Australian National University, Canberra, ACT 0200, Australia; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 15: 101 - 119
                    • ...This activist role is itself of long standing (Keck & Sikkink 1998, ...
                  • Network Analysis and Political Science

                    Michael D. Ward,1 Katherine Stovel,2 and Audrey Sacks21Department of Political Science, Duke University, Durham, North Carolina 27708; email: [email protected]2Department of Sociology, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195; email: [email protected], [email protected];
                    Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 14: 245 - 264
                    • ...A nice example of this type of work is Keck & Sikkink's (1998) award-winning book, ...
                  • On Law, Organizations, and Social Movements

                    Lauren B. Edelman, 1, Gwendolyn Leachman, 1, and Doug McAdam, 21Jurisprudence & Social Policy Program, Berkeley School of Law, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720; email: [email protected], [email protected]2Department of Sociology, Stanford University, Stanford, California 94305; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 6: 653 - 685
                    • ...; Haveman & Rao 1997; Haveman et al. 2007; Keck & Sikkink 1998...
                    • ...for example by giving rhetorical force and political clout to particular legal arguments (Keck & Sikkink 1998, Lounsbury et al. 2003, McCann 1994, Stryker 2000, Schneiberg & Soule 2005)...
                    • ...Sikkink and colleagues (Keck & Sikkink 1998, Lutz & Sikkink 2001) show that social movements also strategically target foreign and international legal environments—which provide an alternative set of normative frames and forums for bringing claims—by forming transnational alliances from within international organizations....
                    • ...or networks of activists working across national borders on behalf of a shared commitment to issues such as human rights or environmental protection (Keck & Sikkink 1998), ...
                    • ...which shapes the practices of state and nonstate organizations (Boyle & Kim 2009; Cummings 2008, pp.1020–23; Keck & Sikkink 1998, ...
                    • ...Movement activists often use legal symbols and categories to convince potential supporters that an injustice worthy of public opposition has occurred (Coleman et al. 2005, Keck & Sikkink 1998, McCann 1994, Merry & Stern 2005, Merry et al. 2010, Polletta 2000, Scheingold 1975, Stern 2005)....
                    • ...This approach would blur the line between state- and nonstate action and actors (Goldstone 2004, p.339; Keck & Sikkink 1998, ...
                    • ...Armstrong & Bernstein 2008, Edelman et al. 2001, Grattet & Jenness 2005, Keck & Sikkink 1998)....
                  • The Rescaling of Global Environmental Politics

                    Liliana B. Andonova1 and Ronald B. Mitchell21Department of Political Science, Graduate Institute of International and Development Studies, Geneva 21, 1211, Switzerland; email: [email protected]2Department of Political Science, University of Oregon, Eugene, Oregon 97403-1284; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 35: 255 - 282
                    • ...the rise of transnational advocacy movements has generated an increased linkage of politics vertically across geographical and jurisdictional levels as well as horizontally by populating global environmental politics with denser networks of more diverse actors and increasing the number of environmental issues receiving attention (20, 21, 22)....
                    • ...as illustrated in efforts to halt large infrastructure projects that would have generated pollution or endangered biodiversity or indigenous rights (20, 91, 92)....
                    • ...the growing recognition among the conservation community of the interdependence of the rights of indigenous people and their natural environment has strengthened the voice of local populations and has pushed those developing conservation strategies to give greater consideration to local livelihoods (20, 91)....
                  • From the Sociology of Intellectuals to the Sociology of Interventions

                    Gil Eyal and Larissa BuchholzDepartment of Sociology, Columbia University, New York, New York 10027; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 36: 117 - 137
                    • ...the literature on epistemic communities essentially deals with how ideas and their carriers penetrate and influence international relations (Haas 1992, pp. 3–4, 26–27; Keck & Sikkink 1998, ...
                    • ...Epistemic community is “a network of professionals with recognized expertise and competence in a particular domain and an authoritative claim to policy-relevant knowledge within that domain or issue area” (Haas 1992, p. 3; Adler & Haas 1992; Keck & Sikkink 1998...
                    • ...from disciplines and professions because it is relatively small and because its members share principled beliefs and values (Haas 1992, pp. 3, 18; Keck & Sikkink 1998, ...
                    • ...both crucial for influencing public discourse and diffusing policy innovations globally (Adler & Haas 1992, pp. 378–79, 390; Keck & Sikkink 1998, ...
                    • ...Epistemic communities “are channels through which new ideas circulate from societies to governments as well as from country to country” (Keck & Sikkink 1998, ...
                    • ...This is true also for the transnational networks of activists that most closely approximate a twenty-first-century version of critical intellectuals (Keck & Sikkink 1998)....
                  • Recursivity of Global Normmaking: A Sociolegal Agenda

                    Terence C. HallidayAmerican Bar Foundation, Chicago, Illinois 60611; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 5: 263 - 289
                    • ...a local political circumstance that has major implications for global normmaking (Keck & Sikkink 1998)....
                    • ...Domestic constituencies that are excluded from national politics or that cannot make headway frequently form alliances with transnational actors, such as TANs (Keck & Sikkink 1998), ...
                    • ...or establish why norms should be developed on an issue gain a great advantage in subsequent norm- and lawmaking (Abbott 1988, Keck & Sikkink 1998, Merry 2003b)....
                    • ...The impact of a diagnosis that emerges from the pack of competing diagnoses depends on its framing for a particular audience (Hagan & Rothenberg 2009, Keck & Sikkink 1998)....
                    • ...as scholars argue occurred in the shift of frames of violence against women from a feminist issue to a human rights issue (Keck & Sikkink 1998, Merry 2005)....
                  • Toward a New Sociology of Rights: A Genealogy of “Buried Bodies” of Citizenship and Human Rights

                    Margaret R. Somers1 and Christopher N.J. Roberts21Departments of Sociology and History, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48109; email: [email protected]2Department of Sociology and Gerald R. Ford School of Public Policy, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48109; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 4: 385 - 425
                    • ...19Malcolm Waters's (1995) traditional realist empirical critique to Turner: Rights are simply positive strategic instruments that states use in struggles for power (Finnemore & Sikkink 2001, Keck & Sikkink 1998, Waltz 1979, Wendt 1999)....
                  • Global Environmental Governance: Taking Stock, Moving Forward

                    Frank Biermann and Philipp PattbergDepartment of Environmental Policy Analysis, Institute for Environmental Studies, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, 1081 HV Amsterdam, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]; [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 33: 277 - 294
                    • ...inform governments and the public about the actions of their own diplomats and those of negotiation partners, and give diplomats at international meetings direct feedback (31...
                  • The Mobilization of Opposition to Economic Liberalization

                    Kenneth M. RobertsDepartment of Government, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14853; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 11: 327 - 349
                    • ...As Keck & Sikkink's (1998) metaphor of the “boomerang effect” suggests, ...
                  • The Concept of Representation in Contemporary Democratic Theory

                    Nadia Urbinati1 and Mark E. Warren21Department of Political Science, Columbia University, New York, New York 10027; email: [email protected]2Department of Political Science, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, British Columbia V6N 2H7, Canada; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 11: 387 - 412
                    • ...and global civil society (Keck & Sikkink 1998, Anheier et al. 2004, Grant & Keohane 2005, Held & Koenig-Archibugi 2005)....
                  • Discursive Institutionalism: The Explanatory Power of Ideas and Discourse

                    Vivien A. SchmidtDepartment of International Relations, Boston University, Boston, Massachusetts 02215; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 11: 303 - 326
                    • ...; and “advocacy networks” of activists in international politics focused on issues of human rights, the environment, or violence against women (Keck & Sikkink 1998)....
                    • ...and environmentalists in national and international arenas (e.g., Keck & Sikkink 1998)....
                  • Gender in Politics

                    Pamela Paxton,1 Sheri Kunovich,2 and Melanie M. Hughes11Department of Sociology, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio 43210; email: [email protected]2Department of Sociology, Southern Methodist University, Dallas, Texas 75205
                    Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 33: 263 - 284
                    • ...and increase domestic awareness of women's plight (Keck & Sikkink 1998)....
                  • Law and Social Movements: Contemporary Perspectives

                    Michael McCannDepartment of Political Science, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 2: 17 - 38
                    • ...adopting instead a tragic view about law's considerable constraints and limited opportunities that vary with context; and (d) most adaptable by scholars outside the United States working in comparative and transnational studies (see O'Brien 1996, Keck & Sikkink 1998, Rajagopal 2003, Diamant et al. 2005, Santos & Rodriguez 2005, Shin 2006)....
                    • ...Studies of transnational activism have developed rapidly in recent years and tend to rely on dynamic process-based approaches similar to those emphasized here (Keck & Sikkink 1998, Santos & Rodriguez-Garavito 2005)....
                    • ...by framing problems in such a way that their solution comes to appear inevitable,” note Keck & Sikkink (1998, ...
                    • ...and by human rights advocacy around the world (Keck & Sikkink 1998)....
                    • ...has redefined the symbolic terrain of struggle and mobilized support by nongovernmental organizations (NGOs) for women's issues around the globe in recent decades (Keck & Sikkink 1998)....
                    • ...such as the massacre of protesting students in Mexico City's Tlatelolco Plaza and in Central Europe (Keck & Sikkink 1998), ...
                    • ...can magnify the public power of legal mobilization pressure tactics in many settings (McCann 1994, Keck & Sikkink 1998)....
                    • ...Most notably, as Keck & Sikkink (1998) demonstrate, transnational human rights organizations often ally with domestic groups to produce boomerang pressures for change that effectively bypass traditional forms of state resistance....
                    • ..., in Latin America (Keck & Sikkink 1998, Santos & Rodriguez 2005), ...
                  • Anthropology and International Law

                    Sally Engle MerryDepartment of Anthropology, New York University, New York, New York 10003; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 35: 99 - 116
                    • ...and transnational NGOs contribute to the drafting of documents and shoulder a significant portion of the burden of implementing human rights declarations (see Keck & Sikkink 1998...
                    • ...and bring these issues to the attention of international political organizations (see Keck & Sikkink 1998...
                    • ...as well as by international relations scholars (Keck & Sikkink 1998, Risse Ropp & Sikkink 1999)...
                  • Globalization of Law

                    Terence C. Halliday1 and Pavel Osinsky2 1American Bar Foundation, Chicago, Illinois 60611; email: [email protected] 2Department of Sociology, Northwestern University, Evanston, Illinois 60208-1330; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 32: 447 - 470
                    • ...; advocacy networks (Keck & Sikkink 1998); international civil service networks and career paths (e.g., ...
                    • ...governmental and nongovernmental organizations are institutionalized in transnational advocacy networks that are organized to promote causes, principled ideas, and norms across nations (Keck & Sikkink 1998)....
                    • ...and only in the past 10 years has violence against women been assimilated into the frame of human rights with its expression in international law (Keck & Sikkink 1998)....
                    • ...and torture and rape of political prisoners in Latin America” (Keck & Sikkink 1998, ...
                    • ...The legitimating universal authority of the United Nations and its organization infrastructures have been integral to these changes (Keck & Sikkink 1998, ...
                  • REGULATING INFORMATION FLOWS: States, Private Actors, and E-Commerce

                    Henry FarrellDepartment of Political Science/Center for International Science and Technology Policy, The George Washington University, Washington, DC 20052; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 9: 353 - 374
                    • ...a group of moderate constructivists sought to examine the circumstances under which states and international institutions could be influenced by nonstate actors (Risse 1995, Keck & Sikkink 1998...
                  • Identity Politics

                    Mary BernsteinDepartment of Sociology, University of Connecticut, Storrs, Connecticut 06269-2068; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 31: 47 - 74
                    • ...Globalization also facilitates the emergence of movements organized around status identities as global communication and networks (Keck & Sikkink 1998) enable movements in some countries to emulate the identities deployed and tactics used in other countries....
                  • ACTORS, NORMS, AND IMPACT: Recent International Cooperation Theory and the Influence of the Agent-Structure Debate

                    Kate O'Neill,1 Jörg Balsiger,1 and Stacy D. VanDeveer21Department of Environmental Science, Policy and Management, Division of Society and Environment, University of California at Berkeley, 135 Giannini Hall, Berkeley, California 94720–3312; email: [email protected];2Department of Political Science, University of New Hampshire, Durham, New Hampshire 03824
                    Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 7: 149 - 175
                    • ...and political orientations—provided scholars with a greater appreciation for the importance of NSAs in international politics (Florini 2000, Keck & Sikkink 1998, Wapner 1995)....
                    • ...the transnational advocacy networks literature locates normatively grounded agency within networked individuals and groups (e.g., Keck & Sikkink 1998)....
                    • ...IR literature on transnational networks and norms has been greatly influenced by work on the diffusion of human-rights norms (Gutner & VanDeveer 2001, Keck & Sikkink 1998, Risse 2002)....
                  • GLOBAL MEDIA AND POLITICS: Transnational Communication Regimes and Civic Cultures

                    W. Lance BennettDepartment of Political Science, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 7: 125 - 148
                    • ...even the global giants may produce news and content images that echo the concerns of transnational political activist networks (Bennett 2003a, Keck & Sikkink 1998), ...

                • 98. 
                  Lipschutz RD. 1996. Global Civil Society and Global Environmental Governance: The Politics of Nature from Place to Planet. Albany: State Univ. NY Press
                  • Google Scholar
                  Article Location
                  More AR articles citing this reference

                  • Global Civil Society: The Progress of Post-Westphalian Politics

                    John S. DryzekCenter for Deliberative Democracy and Global Governance, Australian National University, Canberra, ACT 0200, Australia; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 15: 101 - 119
                    • ...Lipschutz & Mayer (1996) point to evident limitations in global government and relying on the market in environmental affairs, ...
                  • UNPACKING “TRANSNATIONAL CITIZENSHIP”

                    Jonathan FoxLatin American and Latino Studies Department, University of California, Santa Cruz, Santa Cruz, California 95064; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 8: 171 - 201
                    • ...Edwards & Gaventa 2001, Florini 2000, Kaldor et al. 2003, Keane 2003, Lipschutz & Mayer 1996, Tarrow 2001, Walzer 1995, Wapner 1996)....

                • 99. 
                  Wapner P. 1995. Politics beyond the state: environmental activism and world civic politics. World Polit. 47:311–40
                  • Crossref
                  • Web of Science ®
                  • Google Scholar
                  More AR articles citing this reference

                  • Climate Change Politics

                    Thomas BernauerCenter for Comparative and International Studies and Institute for Environmental Decisions, ETH Zurich, CH-8092 Zurich, Switzerland; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 16: 421 - 448
                    • ...and interpretations of this phenomenon (Wapner 1995, Betsill & Corell 2008, Dryzek & Stevenson 2011)....
                  • Multiactor Governance and the Environment

                    Peter Newell,1 Philipp Pattberg,2 and Heike Schroeder31Department of International Relations, University of Sussex, Sussex BN1 9SN, United Kingdom: email: [email protected]2Institute for Environmental Studies, Department of Environmental Policy Analysis, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, Amsterdam 1081 HV, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]3School of International Development, University of East Anglia, Norwich NR4 7TJ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 37: 365 - 387
                    • ...reflects shifts in the distribution of power and resources in the global political economy: trends toward the growing power of international nongovernmental organizations (NGOs) with transnational networks (9, 10), ...
                    • ...as well as in the emerging norms of stakeholder participation in a multitude of global to local policy-making and implementation processes (9, 10, 81, 82)....
                    • ...; in Ruggie's account of the emergence of a “global public domain” (119); in Wapner's identification of “politics beyond the state” (10)...
                  • Private Global Business Regulation

                    David VogelHaas School of Business, Department of Political Science, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 11: 261 - 282
                    • ...According to Wapner (1995, p. 340), the increasing politicization of global civil society requires scholars to clarify conceptually the political character of governing efforts not associated with the state....
                  • REGULATING INFORMATION FLOWS: States, Private Actors, and E-Commerce

                    Henry FarrellDepartment of Political Science/Center for International Science and Technology Policy, The George Washington University, Washington, DC 20052; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 9: 353 - 374
                    • ...Much of this work sought specifically to undermine the existing state-centered perspective by arguing that nongovernmental organizations and other nonstate actors were creating a transnational “civic society” that transcended national boundaries and that might eventually replace the traditional structures of international politics (Wapner 1995)....
                  • ACTORS, NORMS, AND IMPACT: Recent International Cooperation Theory and the Influence of the Agent-Structure Debate

                    Kate O'Neill,1 Jörg Balsiger,1 and Stacy D. VanDeveer21Department of Environmental Science, Policy and Management, Division of Society and Environment, University of California at Berkeley, 135 Giannini Hall, Berkeley, California 94720–3312; email: [email protected];2Department of Political Science, University of New Hampshire, Durham, New Hampshire 03824
                    Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 7: 149 - 175
                    • ...and political orientations—provided scholars with a greater appreciation for the importance of NSAs in international politics (Florini 2000, Keck & Sikkink 1998, Wapner 1995)....
                    • ...some argued that the debate “suffered premature closure” because their effect was evaluated exclusively in terms of influence on state policies (Wapner 1995, ...

                • 100. 
                  Biermann F. 2002. Institutions for scientific advice: global environmental assessments and their influence in developing countries. Glob. Gov. 8:195–219
                  • Crossref
                  • Web of Science ®
                  • Google Scholar
                  More AR articles citing this reference

                  • Global Environmental Governance: Taking Stock, Moving Forward

                    Frank Biermann and Philipp PattbergDepartment of Environmental Policy Analysis, Institute for Environmental Studies, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, 1081 HV Amsterdam, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]; [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 33: 277 - 294
                    • ...Typical for global environmental governance has also been the continuous struggle for influence in this body, especially between industrialized and developing countries (37, 50...

                • 101. 
                  Coate R, Alger C, Lipschutz R. 1996. The United Nations and civil society: creative partnerships for sustainable development. Alternatives 21(1):93–122
                  • Crossref
                  • Web of Science ®
                  • Google Scholar
                  Article Location
                • 102. 
                  Ford LH. 1999. Social movements and the globalisation of environmental governance. IDS Bull. 30:68–74
                  • Crossref
                  • Web of Science ®
                  • Google Scholar
                  Article Location
                • 103. 
                  Toke D. 1999. Epstemic communities and environmental groups. Politics 19:97–102
                  • Crossref
                  • Google Scholar
                  Article Location
                • 104. 
                  Speth JG. 2004. Red Sky at Morning: America and the Crisis of the Global Environment. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press
                  • Google Scholar
                  Article Location
                • 105. 
                  Alchian A, Demsetz H. 1972. Production, information costs, and economic organization. Am. Econ. Rev. 62:777–95
                  • Web of Science ®
                  • Google Scholar
                  Article Location
                  More AR articles citing this reference

                  • Prosecution and Punishment of Corporate Criminality

                    Mihailis E. Diamantis1 and William S. Laufer21College of Law, University of Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa 52242, USA2The Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19104, USA
                    Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 15: 453 - 472
                    • ...but individual employees’ interests tend to diverge from those of the corporation as a whole (Alchian & Demsetz 1972, Jensen & Meckling 1976)....
                  • Private Land Conservation and Public Policy: Land Trusts, Land Owners, and Conservation Easements

                    Dominic P. Parker1,3 and Walter N. Thurman2,31Department of Agricultural and Applied Economics, University of Wisconsin–Madison, Madison, Wisconsin 53706, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of Agricultural and Resource Economics, North Carolina State University, Raleigh, North Carolina 27695, USA; email: [email protected]3Property and Environment Research Center (PERC), Bozeman, Montana 59718, USA
                    Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 11: 337 - 354
                    • ...Other related theories include those of Alchian & Demsetz (1972), Klein et al. (1978), ...
                    • ...identifying the contributions of managers is imprecise and costly when team production matters and exogenous shocks intervene—which is to say always (see, e.g., Alchian & Demsetz 1972, Knoeber & Thurman 1994)...
                    • ...13Alchian & Demsetz (1972) argue that nonprofit managers have stronger incentives to shirk on effort (but not necessarily quality) than for-profit counterparts....
                  • A Perspective on Incentive Design: Challenges and Opportunities

                    Lillian J. Ratliff,1 Roy Dong,2 Shreyas Sekar,1 and Tanner Fiez11Department of Electrical Engineering, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering, University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, Urbana, Illinois 61801, USA
                    Annual Review of Control, Robotics, and Autonomous Systems Vol. 2: 305 - 338
                    • ...Common solutions to the problem of moral hazard include the introduction of mechanisms for monitoring the agent's actions (19)...
                  • Formal and Informal Contracting: Theory and Evidence

                    Ricard Gil1 and Giorgio Zanarone21Johns Hopkins Carey Business School, Baltimore, Maryland 21202; email: [email protected]2CUNEF, Madrid, 28040 Spain; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 13: 141 - 159
                    • ...1In models of team-based formal incentive contracts (Alchian & Demsetz 1972...
                  • The Political Economy of Prosecution

                    Sanford C. Gordon1 and Gregory A. Huber21Department of Politics, New York University, New York, New York 10012-1119; email: [email protected]2Department of Political Science and ISPS, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut 06520; email: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 5: 135 - 156
                    • ...The first is the existence of team production problems (Alchian & Demsetz 1972, Holmstrom 1982)....
                  • The Legal Environments of Organizations

                    Lauren B. EdelmanCenter for the Study of Law and Society, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720; e-mail: [email protected]Mark C. SuchmanDepartment of Sociology and School of Law, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin 53706; e-mail: [email protected]
                    Annual Review of Sociology Vol. 23: 479 - 515

                  • 106. 
                    Ophuls W. 1977. Ecology and the Politics of Scarcity: Prologue to a Political Theory of the Steady State. San Francisco: Freeman
                    • Google Scholar
                    Article Location
                  • 107. 
                    Ostrom E, Schroeder L, Wynne S. 1993. Institutional Incentives and Sustainable Development: Infrastructure Policies in Perspective. Boulder, CO: Westview
                    • Google Scholar
                    Article Location
                    More AR articles citing this reference

                    • Sharing Data to Build a Medical Information Commons: From Bermuda to the Global Alliance

                      Robert Cook-Deegan,1 Rachel A. Ankeny,2 and Kathryn Maxson Jones31School for the Future of Innovation in Society, Arizona State University, Washington, DC 20009; email: [email protected]2School of Humanities, University of Adelaide, Adelaide, South Australia 5005, Australia3Program in History of Science, Department of History, Princeton University, Princeton, New Jersey 08544
                      Annual Review of Genomics and Human Genetics Vol. 18: 389 - 415
                      • ...Ostrom's earlier work focused on natural resource depletion (123, 125)....

                  • 108. 
                    McCarthy JJ. 2004. Privatizing conditions of production: trade agreements as neoliberal environmental governance. Geoforum 35:327–41
                    • Crossref
                    • Web of Science ®
                    • Google Scholar
                    Article Location
                    More AR articles citing this reference

                    • Neoliberalism and the Environment in Latin America

                      Diana M. Liverman and Silvina VilasEnvironmental Change Institute, Oxford University Center for the Environment, Oxford OX1 3QY, United Kingdom; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                      Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 31: 327 - 363
                      • ...Chapter 11 sets out to protect investors against the taking or devaluation of their property through direct expropriation or regulations that reduce the benefits of an investment (48)....

                  • 109. 
                    Rhodes RAW. 1996. The new governance: governing without government. Polit. Stud. 44:652–67
                    • Crossref
                    • Web of Science ®
                    • Google Scholar
                    Article Location
                    More AR articles citing this reference

                    • Sustainability Transitions Research: Transforming Science and Practice for Societal Change

                      Derk Loorbach, Niki Frantzeskaki, and Flor AvelinoDutch Research Institute for Transitions, Erasmus University Rotterdam, 3000 DR Rotterdam, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]
                      Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 42: 599 - 626
                      • ...Transition governance ideas build on the idea that the network society facilitates all sorts of ways through which actors organize themselves to produce solutions to societal problems drawing on insights from governance literature around (meta-)governance (91...
                    • Lawyers, Globalization, and Transnational Governance Regimes

                      Milton C. Regan, Jr.Georgetown University Law Center, Washington, DC 20001; email: [email protected]
                      Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 12: 133 - 152
                      • ...to distinguish them from formal governmental regulation. Rhodes (1996) describes four characteristics of governance that distinguish it from formal regulation....
                    • Governance: What Do We Know, and How Do We Know It?

                      Francis FukuyamaFreeman Spogli Institute for International Studies, Stanford University, Stanford, California 94305; email: [email protected]
                      Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 19: 89 - 105
                      • ...The counterpart to Rosenau & Czempiel (1992) in international relations was Rhodes' (1996)...
                      • ...which argued that new modes of governance had arisen in recent years and stipulated that “governance refers to self-organizing, interorganizational networks” (Rhodes 1996, ...
                    • Multiactor Governance and the Environment

                      Peter Newell,1 Philipp Pattberg,2 and Heike Schroeder31Department of International Relations, University of Sussex, Sussex BN1 9SN, United Kingdom: email: [email protected]2Institute for Environmental Studies, Department of Environmental Policy Analysis, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, Amsterdam 1081 HV, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]3School of International Development, University of East Anglia, Norwich NR4 7TJ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
                      Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 37: 365 - 387
                      • ...shifts in political power and authority such that modes of governing have broadened and evolved to increase their ability to tackle a range of contemporary (environmental) challenges that they were set up to address (6, 7)....
                    • Capitalism, Governance, and Authority: The Case of Corporate Social Responsibility

                      Ronen ShamirDepartment of Sociology & Anthropology, Tel Aviv University, Tel Aviv 69978, Israel; email: [email protected]
                      Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 6: 531 - 553
                      • ...the discourse of governance is nonetheless based on the fundamental perception of a minimal state (Jessop 1997, Rhodes 1996, Strange 1996)...
                    • THEORIZING THE EUROPEAN UNION: International Organization, Domestic Polity, or Experiment in New Governance?

                      Mark A. PollackDepartment of Political Science, Temple University, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19122-6089; email: [email protected]
                      Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 8: 357 - 398
                      • ...Rod Rhodes (1996) identifies at least six distinct uses of the term in the literature, ...
                      • ...Perhaps the most systematic definition of governance has been offered by Rhodes (1996, ...

                  • 110. 
                    Bennett PI. 2000. Environmental governance and private actors: enrolling insurers and international maritime regulation. Polit. Geogr. 9:875–99
                    • Crossref
                    • Web of Science ®
                    • Google Scholar
                    Article Location
                  • 111. 
                    Robertson M. 2004. The neoliberalization of ecosystem services: wetland mitigation banking and problems in environmental governance. Geoforum 35:361–73
                    • Crossref
                    • Web of Science ®
                    • Google Scholar
                    Article Location
                  • 112. 
                    Ashford NA. 2002. Government and environmental innovation in Europe and North America. Am. Behav. Sci. 45:1417–34
                    • Crossref
                    • Web of Science ®
                    • Google Scholar
                    Article Location
                  • 113. 
                    Hardin RD. 2006. Concessionary Politics. Berkeley: Univ. Calif. Press. In press
                    • Google Scholar
                  • 114. 
                    Sanderson S. 2002. The future of conservation. Foreign Aff. 81:162–82
                    • Crossref
                    • Web of Science ®
                    • Google Scholar
                    Article Location
                  • 115. 
                    Liverman D. 2004. Who governs, at what scale, and at what price? Geography, environmental governance, and the commodification of nature. Ann. Assoc. Am. Geogr. 94:734–38
                    • Web of Science ®
                    • Google Scholar
                    Article Location
                    More AR articles citing this reference

                    • The Business of Water: Market Environmentalism in the Water Sector

                      Karen BakkerProgram on Water Governance, University of British Columbia, Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada V6T 1Z2; email: [email protected]
                      Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 39: 469 - 494
                      • ...and marketization (the introduction of water markets as trading mechanisms) are in place (133, 134)....
                    • The Regulation of Environmental Space

                      Steve Herbert, Brandon Derman, and Tiffany GrobelskiLaw, Societies, and Justice Program and Department of Geography, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195; [email protected]
                      Annual Review of Law and Social Science Vol. 9: 227 - 247
                      • ...and shifting regimes with debatable outcomes for environmental quality and social equality (Bridge& Perreault 2009, Gunningham 2009, Lemos & Agrawal 2006, Liverman 2004)....
                      • ...and transnational ones (Bridge & Perreault 2009, Lemos & Agrawal 2006, Liverman 2004)....
                    • We Speak for the Trees: Media Reporting on the Environment

                      Maxwell T. BoykoffCenter for Science and Technology Policy Research, and Environmental Studies Program, University of Colorado, Boulder, Colorado 80309; email: [email protected]
                      Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 34: 431 - 457
                      • ...and the fixation with market mechanisms as primary tools to answer climate questions, among others (97, 98)....
                      • ...These have then also influenced ongoing considerations as well as challenges in environmental governance and policy action (97)....
                    • Land-Change Science and Political Ecology: Similarities, Differences, and Implications for Sustainability Science

                      B.L. Turner II1 and Paul Robbins21School of Geographical Sciences, Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona, 85287-5302; email: [email protected]2Department of Geography and Regional Development, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona, 85287; email: [email protected]
                      Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 33: 295 - 316
                      • ...one that is increasingly affected by the expanding commodification of nature (84, 168), ...

                  • 116. 
                    Falkner R. 2003. Private environmental governance and international relations: exploring the links. Glob. Environ. Polit. 3:72–87
                    • Crossref
                    • Google Scholar
                    Article Location
                    More AR articles citing this reference

                    • Transnational Governance for Mining and the Mineral Lifecycle

                      Graeme Auld,1 Michele Betsill,2 and Stacy D. VanDeveer31School of Public Policy and Administration, Carleton University, Ottawa, Ontario K1S 5B6, Canada; email: [email protected]2Department of Political Science, Colorado State University, Fort Collins, Colorado 80523, USA; email: [email protected]3Department of Conflict Resolution, Human Security & Global Governance, University of Massachusetts, Boston, Boston, Massachusetts 02125, USA; email: [email protected]
                      Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 43: 425 - 453
                      • ...which Falkner (29) summarized in three variations: one rooted in shifting authority to private actors induced by globalization, ...
                    • Multiactor Governance and the Environment

                      Peter Newell,1 Philipp Pattberg,2 and Heike Schroeder31Department of International Relations, University of Sussex, Sussex BN1 9SN, United Kingdom: email: [email protected]2Institute for Environmental Studies, Department of Environmental Policy Analysis, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, Amsterdam 1081 HV, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]3School of International Development, University of East Anglia, Norwich NR4 7TJ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
                      Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 37: 365 - 387
                      • ...many such initiatives are also cast in the shadow of the state such that public authority remains key to their existence and effectiveness (39)....
                      • ...the most influential motivating factor for TNCs to develop corporate environmental policies is to anticipate or preempt governmental laws and regulations (39, 111)....
                    • Private Global Business Regulation

                      David VogelHaas School of Business, Department of Political Science, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720; email: [email protected]
                      Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 11: 261 - 282
                      • ...Falkner (2003) suggests that civil regulation represents not a straightforward power shift away from governments and toward firms but rather a movement toward a more complex relationship between private and public actors....
                      • ...Civil regulation has thus also emerged in order to “help empower global civil society by providing activist groups with political levers that exist outside state systems” (Falkner 2003, ...
                    • Global Environmental Standards for Industry

                      David P. Angel,1 Trina Hamilton,2 and Matthew T. Huber11School of Geography, Clark University, Worcester, Massachusetts 01610; email: [email protected], [email protected]2Department of Geography, State University of New York, Buffalo, New York 14261; email: [email protected]
                      Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 32: 295 - 316
                      • ...firm-based standards are part of a more general neoliberal shift toward a weak form of private environmental governance (79)...
                    • ACTORS, NORMS, AND IMPACT: Recent International Cooperation Theory and the Influence of the Agent-Structure Debate

                      Kate O'Neill,1 Jörg Balsiger,1 and Stacy D. VanDeveer21Department of Environmental Science, Policy and Management, Division of Society and Environment, University of California at Berkeley, 135 Giannini Hall, Berkeley, California 94720–3312; email: [email protected];2Department of Political Science, University of New Hampshire, Durham, New Hampshire 03824
                      Annual Review of Political Science Vol. 7: 149 - 175
                      • ...One area in which this research has progressed is the emergence of private global governance regimes (Hall & Biersteker 2002, Falkner 2003)....

                  • 117. 
                    Paterson M, Humphreys D, Pettiford L. 2003. Conceptualizing global environmental governance: from interstate regimes to counter-hegemonic struggles. Glob. Environ. Polit. 3:1–10
                    • Crossref
                    • Google Scholar
                    Article Locations:
                    • Article Location
                    • Article Location
                  • 118. 
                    Manor J. 2005. User committees: a potentiality damaging second wave of decentralization? In Democratic Decentralization through a Natural Resources Lens, ed. JC Ribot, AM Larson, pp. 193–13. New York: Routledge
                    • Google Scholar
                    Article Location
                  • 119. 
                    Jessop B. 2002. Globalization and the national state. In Paradigm Lost: State Theory Reconsidered, ed. S Aronowitz, P Bratsis, pp. 185–220. Minneapolis: Univ. Minn. Press
                    • Crossref
                    • Google Scholar
                    Article Locations:
                    • Article Location
                    • Article Location
                  • 120. 
                    Pelkonen A. 2005. State restructuring, urban competitiveness policies and technopole building in Finland: a critical view on the glocal state thesis. Eur. Plan. Stud. 13:687–705
                    • Crossref
                    • Web of Science ®
                    • Google Scholar
                    Article Location
                  • 121. 
                    Painter M, Pierre J. 2005. Unpacking policy capacity: issues and themes. In Challenges to State Policy Capacity, ed. M Painter, J Pierre, pp. 1–18. New York: Palgrave MacMillan
                    • Crossref
                    • Google Scholar
                    Article Location
                  • 122. 
                    Lowi T. 2002. Progress and poverty revisited: toward construction of a statist third way. In Democratic Governance & Social Inequality, ed. JS Tulchin, A Brown, pp. 41–74. Boulder, CO: Rienner
                    • Google Scholar
                    Article Location
                  • 123. 
                    Adger WN. 2001. Scales of governance and environmental justice for adaptation and mitigation of climate change. J. Int. Dev. 13:921–31
                    • Crossref
                    • Google Scholar
                    Article Locations:
                    • Article Location
                    • Article Location
                  • 124. 
                    Brooks N, Adger WN, Kelly M. 2005. The determinants of vulnerability and adaptive capacity at the national level and the implications for adaptation. Glob. Environ. Chang. 15:151–63
                    • Crossref
                    • Web of Science ®
                    • Google Scholar
                    Article Locations:
                    • Article Location
                    • Article Location
                    More AR articles citing this reference

                    • Vicious Circles: Violence, Vulnerability, and Climate Change

                      Halvard Buhaug1,2, and Nina von Uexkull1,3,1Peace Research Institute Oslo (PRIO), NO-0134 Oslo, Norway; email: [email protected]2Department of Sociology and Political Science, Norwegian University of Science and Technology (NTNU), NO-7491 Trondheim, Norway3Department of Economic History and International Relations, Stockholm University, SE-106 91 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected]
                      Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 46: 545 - 568
                      • ...a household's ability to cope with drought depends partly on the enabling environment of the local community as well as degree of assistance from the regional or national government (33...
                      • ...were the most decisive in determining disaster-related loss of human lives (35)....
                    • The Politics of Climate Change Adaptation

                      Nives Dolšak1 and Aseem Prakash21School of Marine and Environmental Affairs, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of Political Science & Center for Environmental Politics, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195, USA; email: [email protected]
                      Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 43: 317 - 341
                      • ...There is extensive debate about the appropriate metrics with which to assess the benefits of adaptation policies (22...
                    • Adaptation to Climate Change

                      Sam FankhauserGrantham Research Institute on Climate Change and the Environment and Centre for Climate Change Economics and Policy (CCCEP), London School of Economics, London WC2A 2AE, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
                      Annual Review of Resource Economics Vol. 9: 209 - 230
                      • ...Barr et al. 2010, Brooks et al. 2005) simply add up the various contributing factors....
                    • Disaster Governance: Social, Political, and Economic Dimensions

                      Kathleen TierneyDepartment of Sociology and Institute of Behavioral Science, University of Colorado, Boulder, Colorado 80309-0483; email: [email protected]
                      Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 37: 341 - 363
                      • ...contain variables that relate to issues of disaster vulnerability and governance capacity (83, 84)....
                    • Improving Societal Outcomes of Extreme Weather in a Changing Climate: An Integrated Perspective

                      Rebecca E. Morss,1 Olga V. Wilhelmi,2 Gerald A. Meehl,1 and Lisa Dilling31NCAR Earth System Laboratory,2Research Applications Laboratory, National Center for Atmospheric Research, Boulder, Colorado 80307; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]3Environmental Studies Program and Center for Science and Technology Policy Research, Cooperative Institute for Research in Environmental Sciences, University of Colorado, Boulder, Colorado 80309; email: [email protected]
                      Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 36: 1 - 25
                      • ...such as governance, civil and political rights, inequality, and literacy (28, 29, 106)....
                      • ...number of people killed or affected or economic losses) from historic extreme weather events as indicators of risk or measures of vulnerability (e.g., 43, 45, 58, 106)....
                      • ...Another broad measure of outcomes is weather-related human mortality (106), but deaths can be underreported and attributing them raises challenges (31, 32, 41)...
                    • Land-Change Science and Political Ecology: Similarities, Differences, and Implications for Sustainability Science

                      B.L. Turner II1 and Paul Robbins21School of Geographical Sciences, Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona, 85287-5302; email: [email protected]2Department of Geography and Regional Development, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona, 85287; email: [email protected]
                      Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 33: 295 - 316
                      • ... and to address explicitly the vulnerability and resilience of the environmental subsystem (52...
                      • ...This interaction and ongoing dialogue has fostered a common view that assessments of natural hazards and environmental risk require an understanding of the conditions that make the system (or components within a system) likely to experience harm with exposure to a hazard (52, 54)....
                    • Adaptation to Environmental Change: Contributions of a Resilience Framework

                      Donald R. Nelson,1,4 W. Neil Adger,1,2 and Katrina Brown1,31Tyndall Centre for Climate Change Research, 2School of Environmental Sciences, 3School of Development Studies, University of East Anglia, Norwich, NR4 7TJ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]4Bureau of Applied Research in Anthropology, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721
                      Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 32: 395 - 419
                      • ...information, knowledge, institutions, the capacity to learn, and social capital (38, 40, 44, 45)....
                    • Assessing the Vulnerability of Social-Environmental Systems

                      Hallie Eakin1 and Amy Lynd Luers21Department of Geography, University of California, Santa Barbara, California, 93106-4060; email: [email protected]2Global Environmental Program, Union of Concerned Scientists, Berkeley, California 94704-1567; email: [email protected]
                      Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 31: 365 - 394
                      • ...Brooks and coworkers (77) create a climate change vulnerability index in which the significance of indicators is tested through a process of statistical correlation with a risk outcome (mortality to climate hazards as quantified in a global database)....

                  • 125. 
                    O'Brien KL, Leichenko R, Kelkarc U, Venemad H, Aandahl G. et al. 2004. Mapping vulnerability to multiple stressors: climate change and globalization in India. Glob. Environ. Chang. 14:303–13
                    • Crossref
                    • Web of Science ®
                    • Google Scholar
                    Article Location
                    More AR articles citing this reference

                    • Vicious Circles: Violence, Vulnerability, and Climate Change

                      Halvard Buhaug1,2, and Nina von Uexkull1,3,1Peace Research Institute Oslo (PRIO), NO-0134 Oslo, Norway; email: [email protected]2Department of Sociology and Political Science, Norwegian University of Science and Technology (NTNU), NO-7491 Trondheim, Norway3Department of Economic History and International Relations, Stockholm University, SE-106 91 Stockholm, Sweden; email: [email protected]
                      Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 46: 545 - 568
                      • ...numerous generic factors have been identified in the scientific literature (for recent reviews, see 10, 12, 37...
                    • India and Climate Change: Evolving Ideas and Increasing Policy Engagement

                      Navroz K. Dubash,1 Radhika Khosla,1,2,3 Ulka Kelkar,4 and Sharachchandra Lele51Centre for Policy Research, New Delhi 110021, India; email: [email protected]2Smith School for Enterprise and the Environment, University of Oxford, Oxford OX1 3QY, United Kingdom3Oxford India Centre for Sustainable Development, Oxford OX2 6HD, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]4World Resources Institute—India, Bengaluru 560004, India; email: [email protected]5Centre for Environment and Development, Ashoka Trust for Research in Ecology and the Environment, Bengaluru 560064, India; email: [email protected]
                      Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 43: 395 - 424
                      • ...biophysical vulnerability, and socioeconomic adaptive capacity) and place-based case studies (48)....
                    • 1.5°C Hotspots: Climate Hazards, Vulnerabilities, and Impacts

                      Carl-Friedrich Schleussner,1,2,3 Delphine Deryng,1 Sarah D'haen,1 William Hare,1 Tabea Lissner,1 Mouhamed Ly,1,4 Alexander Nauels,1,5 Melinda Noblet,1 Peter Pfleiderer,1,2,3 Patrick Pringle,1 Martin Rokitzki,1 Fahad Saeed,1,2,6 Michiel Schaeffer,1,7 Olivia Serdeczny,1,3 and Adelle Thomas1,81Climate Analytics, 10961 Berlin, Germany; email: [email protected]2Potsdam Institute for Climate Impact Research, 14473 Potsdam, Germany3IRITHESys, Humboldt University, 10117 Berlin, Germany4LPAOSF/ESP, Cheikh Anta Diop University, 5085 Dakar-Fann, Senegal5Australian-German Climate & Energy College, University of Melbourne, Parkville, Victoria 3010, Australia6Center for Excellence in Climate Change Research, King Abdulaziz University, Jeddah 21589, Saudi Arabia7Department of Environmental Sciences, Wageningen University and Research Centre, 6700 AA Wageningen, The Netherlands8Environmental and Life Sciences, University of The Bahamas, Nassau 76905, The Bahamas
                      Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 43: 135 - 163
                      • ...availability of alternative economic activities, gender equity, and crop management techniques (42, 43)....
                    • Improving Societal Outcomes of Extreme Weather in a Changing Climate: An Integrated Perspective

                      Rebecca E. Morss,1 Olga V. Wilhelmi,2 Gerald A. Meehl,1 and Lisa Dilling31NCAR Earth System Laboratory,2Research Applications Laboratory, National Center for Atmospheric Research, Boulder, Colorado 80307; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]3Environmental Studies Program and Center for Science and Technology Policy Research, Cooperative Institute for Research in Environmental Sciences, University of Colorado, Boulder, Colorado 80309; email: [email protected]
                      Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 36: 1 - 25
                      • ...Another important issue in vulnerability research is understanding and assessing vulnerability to multiple interacting stressors, including extreme weather (56, 58, 118)....
                    • Droughts

                      Giorgos KallisICREA Researcher at Institut de Ciència i Tecnologia Ambientals, Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, 08193 Bellaterra-Barcelona, Spain; email: [email protected]
                      Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 33: 85 - 118
                      • ...Analysts who assess vulnerability define metrics given their perception of important impacts and proper responses to reduce them, with an eye to data availability (89–91)....
                      • ...and proxies for resource and social infrastructures or institutional capacities (48, 91)....
                      • ...Individual indicators are summed into a vulnerability index (either assuming they all carry the same weight or are weighed according to the subjective judgment of the analyst), computed for spatial-administrative subdivisions, and illustrated on vulnerability maps (91)....
                      • ...Vulnerability maps visualize regional hot spots and focus policy or media attention (91)....
                      • ...But economic globalization and neoliberal reforms combine with drought stresses to mount pressure on small farmers (91)....
                    • Assessing the Vulnerability of Social-Environmental Systems

                      Hallie Eakin1 and Amy Lynd Luers21Department of Geography, University of California, Santa Barbara, California, 93106-4060; email: [email protected]2Global Environmental Program, Union of Concerned Scientists, Berkeley, California 94704-1567; email: [email protected]
                      Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 31: 365 - 394
                      • ...are making extensive use of GIS and remotely sensed environmental data to ground theoretical analyses of vulnerability in spatially specific evaluations of risk (65, 66, 72, 73)....
                      • ...O'Brien et al. (72), for example, use a GIS to explore the exposure of Indian farm populations to both global economic change and climate change....
                      • ...O'Brien et al.'s model of double exposure as applied to India (72) (described above) is attractive in that it captures visually the idea of overlapping stressors on a population, ...

                  • 126. 
                    Deleted in proof
                    • Google Scholar
                    More AR articles citing this reference

                    • Prediabetes and What It Means: The Epidemiological Evidence

                      Justin B. Echouffo-Tcheugui1,2 and Elizabeth Selvin2,31Department of Medicine, Division of Endocrinology, Diabetes, and Metabolism; School of Medicine, Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Maryland 21205, USA2Welch Prevention Center for Prevention, Epidemiology and Clinical Research; Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health, Baltimore, Maryland 21205, USA; email: [email protected]3Department of Epidemiology, Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health, Baltimore, Maryland 21205, USA
                      Annual Review of Public Health Vol. 42: 59 - 77
                      • Epigenetic Signatures and Plasticity of Intestinal and Other Stem Cells

                        Madhurima Saxena1,2,3 and Ramesh A. Shivdasani1,2,41Department of Medical Oncology and Center for Functional Cancer Epigenetics, Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Boston, Massachusetts 02215, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of Medicine, Brigham and Women's Hospital and Harvard Medical School, Harvard University, Boston, Massachusetts 02215, USA3Current affiliation: Translational Medicine, Bristol-Myers-Squibb, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02142, USA; email: [email protected]4Harvard Stem Cell Institute, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138, USA
                        Annual Review of Physiology Vol. 83: 405 - 427
                        • Advances in Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease

                          Michael C. Ferrera, Wassim W. Labaki, and MeiLan K. HanDivision of Pulmonary and Critical Care Medicine, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48109, USA; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
                          Annual Review of Medicine Vol. 72: 119 - 134
                          • Benefits and Risks of Testosterone Treatment in Men with Age-Related Decline in Testosterone

                            Marcelo Rodrigues dos Santos1,2 and Shalender Bhasin11Research Program in Men's Health: Aging and Metabolism, Boston Claude D. Pepper Older Americans Independence Center, Harvard Medical School, Brigham and Women's Hospital, Boston, Massachusetts 02115, USA; email: [email protected]2Heart Institute (InCor), University of Sao Paulo Medical School, Sao Paulo 05508-220, Brazil; email: [email protected]
                            Annual Review of Medicine Vol. 72: 75 - 91
                            • Engineering the Composition and Fate of Wild Populations with Gene Drive

                              Bruce A. Hay,1,3 Georg Oberhofer,1 and Ming Guo21Division of Biology and Biological Engineering, California Institute of Technology, Pasadena, California 91125, USA; email: [email protected], [email protected]2Departments of Neurology and Molecular and Medical Pharmacology, David Geffen School of Medicine, University of California, Los Angeles, California 90095, USA; email: [email protected]3St. John's College, University of Cambridge, Cambridge CB2 1TP, United Kingdom
                              Annual Review of Entomology Vol. 66: 407 - 434
                              • Symbiont-Mediated Digestion of Plant Biomass in Fungus-Farming Insects

                                Hongjie Li,1,2,3 Soleil E. Young,2 Michael Poulsen,4 and Cameron R. Currie2,31State Key Laboratory for Managing Biotic and Chemical Threats to the Quality and Safety of Agro-products, Key Laboratory of Biotechnology in Plant Protection of Ministry of Agriculture and Zhejiang Province, Institute of Plant Virology, Ningbo University, Ningbo 315211, China; email: [email protected]2Department of Bacteriology, University of Wisconsin-Madison, Madison, Wisconsin 53706, USA; email: [email protected], [email protected]3Department of Energy Great Lakes Bioenergy Research Center, Wisconsin Energy Institute, University of Wisconsin-Madison, Madison, Wisconsin 53726, USA4Section for Ecology and Evolution, Department of Biology, University of Copenhagen, 2100 Copenhagen East, Denmark; email: [email protected]
                                Annual Review of Entomology Vol. 66: 297 - 316
                                • Use of DREADD Technology to Identify Novel Targets for Antidiabetic Drugs

                                  Lei Wang, Lu Zhu, Jaroslawna Meister, Derek B.J. Bone, Sai P. Pydi, Mario Rossi, and Jürgen WessMolecular Signaling Section, Laboratory of Bioorganic Chemistry, National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases, Bethesda, Maryland 20892, USA; email: [email protected]
                                  Annual Review of Pharmacology and Toxicology Vol. 61: 421 - 440
                                  • Credit for and Control of Research Outputs in Genomic Citizen Science

                                    Christi J. Guerrini1 and Jorge L. Contreras21Center for Medical Ethics and Health Policy, Baylor College of Medicine, Houston, Texas 77030, USA; email: [email protected]2S.J. Quinney College of Law and School of Medicine, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah 84112, USA; email: [email protected]
                                    Annual Review of Genomics and Human Genetics Vol. 21: 465 - 489
                                    • Identifying Regulatory Elements via Deep Learning

                                      Mira Barshai,1, Eitamar Tripto,2, and Yaron Orenstein11School of Electrical and Computer Engineering, Ben-Gurion University of the Negev, Beer-Sheva 8410501, Israel; email: [email protected]2Department of Biomedical Engineering, Ben-Gurion University of the Negev, Beer-Sheva 8410501, Israel
                                      Annual Review of Biomedical Data Science Vol. 3: 315 - 338
                                      • Recent Advances in Solid-State Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Techniques for Materials Research

                                        Po-Hsiu Chien,1,2 Kent J. Griffith,3 Haoyu Liu,1 Zhehong Gan,2 and Yan-Yan Hu1,21Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry, Florida State University, Tallahassee, Florida 32306, USA; email: [email protected]2Center of Interdisciplinary Magnetic Resonance, National High Magnetic Field Laboratory, Tallahassee, Florida 32310, USA3Departments of Chemistry and Materials Science and Engineering, Northwestern University, Evanston, Illinois 60208, USA
                                        Annual Review of Materials Research Vol. 50: 493 - 520
                                        • Recent Advances in Solid-State Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Techniques for Materials Research

                                          Po-Hsiu Chien,1,2 Kent J. Griffith,3 Haoyu Liu,1 Zhehong Gan,2 and Yan-Yan Hu1,21Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry, Florida State University, Tallahassee, Florida 32306, USA; email: [email protected]2Center of Interdisciplinary Magnetic Resonance, National High Magnetic Field Laboratory, Tallahassee, Florida 32310, USA3Departments of Chemistry and Materials Science and Engineering, Northwestern University, Evanston, Illinois 60208, USA
                                          Annual Review of Materials Research Vol. 50: 493 - 520
                                          • Antisymmetry: Fundamentals and Applications

                                            Hari Padmanabhan,1, Jason M. Munro,1,2, Ismaila Dabo,1,2 and Venkatraman Gopalan1,31Department of Materials Science and Engineering and Materials Research Institute, The Pennsylvania State University, University Park, Pennsylvania 16802, USA; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2Institutes of Energy and the Environment, The Pennsylvania State University, University Park, Pennsylvania 16802, USA3Department of Physics and Department of Engineering Science and Mechanics, The Pennsylvania State University, University Park, Pennsylvania 16802, USA
                                            Annual Review of Materials Research Vol. 50: 255 - 281
                                            • Unconventional Catalytic Approaches to Ammonia Synthesis

                                              Patrick M. Barboun and Jason C. HicksDepartment of Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering, University of Notre Dame, Notre Dame, Indiana 46556, USA; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                                              Annual Review of Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering Vol. 11: 503 - 521
                                              • Layer-by-Layer Biomaterials for Drug Delivery

                                                Dahlia Alkekhia,1 Paula T. Hammond,2 and Anita Shukla1,31School of Engineering and Center for Biomedical Engineering, Brown University, Providence, Rhode Island 02912, USA; email: [email protected]2Koch Institute for Integrative Cancer Research and Department of Chemical Engineering, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02139, USA3Institute for Molecular and Nanoscale Innovation, Brown University, Providence, Rhode Island 02912, USA
                                                Annual Review of Biomedical Engineering Vol. 22: 1 - 24
                                                • Hemodynamics of Cerebral Aneurysms: Connecting Medical Imaging and Biomechanical Analysis

                                                  Vitaliy L. Rayz1 and Aaron A. Cohen-Gadol2,31Weldon School of Biomedical Engineering and School of Mechanical Engineering, Purdue University, West Lafayette, Indiana 47907, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of Neurosurgery, Indiana University School of Medicine, Indianapolis, Indiana 46202, USA3Goodman Campbell Brain and Spine, Carmel, Indiana 46032, USA
                                                  Annual Review of Biomedical Engineering Vol. 22: 231 - 256
                                                  • 4D Flow with MRI

                                                    Gilles Soulat,1 Patrick McCarthy,2 and Michael Markl1,31Department of Radiology, Feinberg School of Medicine, Northwestern University, Chicago, Illinois 60611, USA; email: [email protected]2Division of Cardiac Surgery, Department of Surgery, Feinberg School of Medicine, Northwestern University, Chicago, Illinois 60611, USA; email: [email protected]3Department of Biomedical Engineering, McCormick School of Engineering, Northwestern University, Evanston, Illinois 60208, USA; email: [email protected]
                                                    Annual Review of Biomedical Engineering Vol. 22: 103 - 126
                                                    • Modeling Plant Metabolism: From Network Reconstruction to Mechanistic Models

                                                      Teresa J. Clark,1 Longyun Guo,2 John Morgan,2 and Jorg Schwender11Biology Department, Brookhaven National Laboratory, Upton, New York 11973, USA; email: [email protected], [email protected]2Davidson School of Chemical Engineering, Purdue University, West Lafayette, Indiana 47907, USA; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                                                      Annual Review of Plant Biology Vol. 71: 303 - 326
                                                      • Engineering Synthetic Signaling in Plants

                                                        Alexander R. Leydon, Hardik P. Gala, Sarah Guiziou, and Jennifer L. NemhauserDepartment of Biology, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195, USA; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
                                                        Annual Review of Plant Biology Vol. 71: 767 - 788
                                                        • Molecular Mechanisms of Pollination Biology

                                                          Róisín Fattorini and Beverley J. GloverDepartment of Plant Sciences, University of Cambridge, Cambridge CB2 3EA, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
                                                          Annual Review of Plant Biology Vol. 71: 487 - 515
                                                          • Regulation and Effects of FGF23 in Chronic Kidney Disease

                                                            John Musgrove1 and Myles Wolf1,21Division of Nephrology, Department of Medicine, Duke University School of Medicine, Durham, North Carolina 27710, USA; email: [email protected]2Duke Clinical Research Institute, Duke University School of Medicine, Durham, North Carolina 27710, USA
                                                            Annual Review of Physiology Vol. 82: 365 - 390
                                                            • Low-FODMAP Diet for Irritable Bowel Syndrome: What We Know and What We Have Yet to Learn

                                                              Jerry Liu,1 William D. Chey,2 Emily Haller,2 and Shanti Eswaran21Department of Internal Medicine, University of Texas Southwestern, Dallas, Texas 75390, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of Gastroenterology, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48109, USA; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
                                                              Annual Review of Medicine Vol. 71: 303 - 314
                                                              • eV-Scale Sterile Neutrinos

                                                                Carlo Giunti1 and Thierry Lasserre21Istituto Nazionale di Fisica Nucleare, Sezione di Torino, I-10125 Torino, Italy; email: [email protected]2Commissariat à l'énergie atomique et aux énergies alternatives, Centre de Saclay, DRF/IRFU, 91191 Gif-sur-Yvette, France; email: [email protected]
                                                                Annual Review of Nuclear and Particle Science Vol. 69: 163 - 190
                                                                • Mammal Conservation: Old Problems, New Perspectives, Transdisciplinarity, and the Coming of Age of Conservation Geopolitics

                                                                  David W. MacdonaldWildlife Conservation Research Unit, Department of Zoology, Recanati-Kaplan Centre, University of Oxford, Tubney House, Tubney, Oxfordshire OX13 5QL, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
                                                                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 44: 61 - 88
                                                                  • Multiple Facets of Marine Invertebrate Conservation Genomics

                                                                    Jose V. Lopez,1 Bishoy Kamel,2 Mónica Medina,3 Timothy Collins,4 and Iliana B. Baums31Department of Biological Sciences, Halmos College of Natural Sciences and Oceanography, Nova Southeastern University, Dania Beach, Florida 33004, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of Biology, Center for Evolutionary and Theoretical Immunology, University of New Mexico, Albuquerque, New Mexico 87131, USA; email: [email protected]3Department of Biology, The Pennsylvania State University, University Park, Pennsylvania 16802, USA; email: [email protected], [email protected]4Department of Biological Sciences, Florida International University, Miami, Florida 33199, USA; email: [email protected]
                                                                    Annual Review of Animal Biosciences Vol. 7: 473 - 497
                                                                    • Advances in Bolometer Technology for Fundamental Physics

                                                                      S. Pirro1 and P. Mauskopf21INFN, Laboratori Nazionali del Gran Sasso, L’Aquila I-67100, Italy; email: [email protected]2Department of Physics and School of Earth and Space Exploration, Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona 85287; email: [email protected]
                                                                      Annual Review of Nuclear and Particle Science Vol. 67: 161 - 181
                                                                      • Mapping, Fine Mapping, and Molecular Dissection of Quantitative Trait Loci in Domestic Animals

                                                                        Michel GeorgesUnit of Animal Genomics, GIGA-R and Faculty of Veterinary Medicine, University of Liège, 4000-Liège, Belgium
                                                                        Annual Review of Genomics and Human Genetics Vol. 8: 131 - 162
                                                                        • Mapping, Fine Mapping, and Molecular Dissection of Quantitative Trait Loci in Domestic Animals

                                                                          Michel GeorgesUnit of Animal Genomics, GIGA-R and Faculty of Veterinary Medicine, University of Liège, 4000-Liège, Belgium
                                                                          Annual Review of Genomics and Human Genetics Vol. 8: 131 - 162
                                                                          • Conserved and Tissue-Specific Genic and Physiologic Responses to Caloric Restriction and Altered IGFI Signaling in Mitotic and Postmitotic Tissues

                                                                            Stephen R. Spindler1 and Joseph M. Dhahbi21Department of Biochemistry, University of California, Riverside, California 92521; email: [email protected]2Children's Hospital Oakland Research Institute, Oakland, California 94609; email: [email protected]
                                                                            Annual Review of Nutrition Vol. 27: 193 - 217
                                                                            • Phase Boundaries and Biological Membranes

                                                                              Gerald W. FeigensonField of Biophysics, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14853; email: [email protected]
                                                                              Annual Review of Biophysics and Biomolecular Structure Vol. 36: 63 - 77
                                                                              • Gene Regulation: Gene Control Network in Development

                                                                                Smadar Ben-Tabou de-Leon and Eric H. DavidsonDivision of Biology, California Institute of Technology, Pasadena, California 91125; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                                                                                Annual Review of Biophysics and Biomolecular Structure Vol. 36: 191 - 212
                                                                                • Gene Regulation: Gene Control Network in Development

                                                                                  Smadar Ben-Tabou de-Leon and Eric H. DavidsonDivision of Biology, California Institute of Technology, Pasadena, California 91125; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                                                                                  Annual Review of Biophysics and Biomolecular Structure Vol. 36: 191 - 212
                                                                                  • Genetic and Epigenetic Mechanisms for Gene Expression and Phenotypic Variation in Plant Polyploids

                                                                                    Z. Jeffrey ChenDepartment of Molecular Cell and Developmental Biology and Institute for Cellular and Molecular Biology, University of Texas, Austin, Texas 78712; email: [email protected]
                                                                                    Annual Review of Plant Biology Vol. 58: 377 - 406
                                                                                    • Insights from Crystallographic Studies into the Structural and Pairing Properties of Nucleic Acid Analogs and Chemically Modified DNA and RNA Oligonucleotides

                                                                                      Martin Egli and Pradeep S. PallanDepartment of Biochemistry, School of Medicine, Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tennessee 37232; email: [email protected]
                                                                                      Annual Review of Biophysics and Biomolecular Structure Vol. 36: 281 - 305
                                                                                      • Alternative Splicing of Pre-Messenger RNAs in Plants in the Genomic Era

                                                                                        Anireddy S.N. ReddyDepartment of Biology and Program in Molecular Plant Biology, Colorado State University, Fort Collins, Colorado 80523; email: [email protected]
                                                                                        Annual Review of Plant Biology Vol. 58: 267 - 294
                                                                                        • Single-Molecule Fluorescence Analysis of Cellular Nanomachinery Components

                                                                                          Reiner PetersInstitute of Medical Physics and Biophysics, and Center for Nanotechnology (CeNTech), University of Münster, 48149 Münster, Germany; email: [email protected]
                                                                                          Annual Review of Biophysics and Biomolecular Structure Vol. 36: 371 - 394
                                                                                          • Gene Regulation: Gene Control Network in Development

                                                                                            Smadar Ben-Tabou de-Leon and Eric H. DavidsonDivision of Biology, California Institute of Technology, Pasadena, California 91125; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                                                                                            Annual Review of Biophysics and Biomolecular Structure Vol. 36: 191 - 212
                                                                                            • Physics of Proteins

                                                                                              Jayanth R. Banavar1 and Amos Maritan21Department of Physics, The Pennsylvania State University, University Park, Pennsylvania 16802; email: [email protected]2INFM and Dipartimento di Fisica ‘G. Galilei’, Università di Padova, 35131 Padova, Italy; email: [email protected]
                                                                                              Annual Review of Biophysics and Biomolecular Structure Vol. 36: 261 - 280
                                                                                              • Populus: A Model System for Plant Biology

                                                                                                Stefan Jansson1 and Carl J. Douglas21Department of Plant Physiology, Umeå Plant Science Center, Umeå University, SE-901 87 Umeå, Sweden; email: [email protected]2Department of Botany, University of British Columbia, Vancouver BC V6T 1Z4, Canada; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                Annual Review of Plant Biology Vol. 58: 435 - 458
                                                                                                • Synthetic Gene Circuits: Design with Directed Evolution

                                                                                                  Eric L. Haseltine and Frances H. ArnoldDivision of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering 210-41, California Institute of Technology, Pasadena, California 91125; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                  Annual Review of Biophysics and Biomolecular Structure Vol. 36: 1 - 19
                                                                                                  • Tetrapyrrole Biosynthesis in Higher Plants

                                                                                                    Ryouichi Tanaka and Ayumi TanakaInstitute of Low Temperature Science, Hokkaido University, N19 W8, Kita-ku, Sapporo 060-0819, Japan; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                                                                                                    Annual Review of Plant Biology Vol. 58: 321 - 346
                                                                                                    • Regulation of Actin Filament Assembly by Arp2/3 Complex and Formins

                                                                                                      Thomas D. Pollard1,2,31Departments of Molecular, Cellular, and Developmental Biology, 2Cell Biology, and 3Molecular Biophysics and Biochemistry, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut 06520-8103; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                      Annual Review of Biophysics and Biomolecular Structure Vol. 36: 451 - 477
                                                                                                      • Gene Regulation: Gene Control Network in Development

                                                                                                        Smadar Ben-Tabou de-Leon and Eric H. DavidsonDivision of Biology, California Institute of Technology, Pasadena, California 91125; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                                                                                                        Annual Review of Biophysics and Biomolecular Structure Vol. 36: 191 - 212
                                                                                                        • Physics of Proteins

                                                                                                          Jayanth R. Banavar1 and Amos Maritan21Department of Physics, The Pennsylvania State University, University Park, Pennsylvania 16802; email: [email protected]2INFM and Dipartimento di Fisica ‘G. Galilei’, Università di Padova, 35131 Padova, Italy; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                          Annual Review of Biophysics and Biomolecular Structure Vol. 36: 261 - 280
                                                                                                          • Phase Boundaries and Biological Membranes

                                                                                                            Gerald W. FeigensonField of Biophysics, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14853; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                            Annual Review of Biophysics and Biomolecular Structure Vol. 36: 63 - 77
                                                                                                            • Aging of Organic Aerosol: Bridging the Gap Between Laboratory and Field Studies

                                                                                                              Yinon Rudich,1 Neil M. Donahue,2 and Thomas F. Mentel31Department of Environmental Sciences, Weizmann Institute, Rehovot 76100, Israel; email: [email protected]2Departments of Chemical Engineering and Chemistry, Carnegie Mellon University, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15213; email: [email protected]3Institute for Chemistry and Dynamic of the Geosphere II: Troposphere, Forschungszentrum Jülich, D-52425 Jülich, Germany; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                              Annual Review of Physical Chemistry Vol. 58: 321 - 352
                                                                                                              • State-to-State Dynamics of Elementary Bimolecular Reactions

                                                                                                                Xueming YangState Key Laboratory of Molecular Reaction Dynamics, Dalian Institute of Chemical Physics, Chinese Academy of Sciences, Dalian, P.R. China; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                Annual Review of Physical Chemistry Vol. 58: 433 - 459
                                                                                                                • Aging of Organic Aerosol: Bridging the Gap Between Laboratory and Field Studies

                                                                                                                  Yinon Rudich,1 Neil M. Donahue,2 and Thomas F. Mentel31Department of Environmental Sciences, Weizmann Institute, Rehovot 76100, Israel; email: [email protected]2Departments of Chemical Engineering and Chemistry, Carnegie Mellon University, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15213; email: [email protected]3Institute for Chemistry and Dynamic of the Geosphere II: Troposphere, Forschungszentrum Jülich, D-52425 Jülich, Germany; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                  Annual Review of Physical Chemistry Vol. 58: 321 - 352
                                                                                                                  • Highly Fluorescent Noble-Metal Quantum Dots

                                                                                                                    Jie Zheng, Philip R. Nicovich, and Robert M. DicksonSchool of Chemistry and Biochemistry, and The Petit Institute of Bioengineering and Bioscience, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, Georgia 30332–0400; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
                                                                                                                    Annual Review of Physical Chemistry Vol. 58: 409 - 431
                                                                                                                    • Highly Fluorescent Noble-Metal Quantum Dots

                                                                                                                      Jie Zheng, Philip R. Nicovich, and Robert M. DicksonSchool of Chemistry and Biochemistry, and The Petit Institute of Bioengineering and Bioscience, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, Georgia 30332–0400; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
                                                                                                                      Annual Review of Physical Chemistry Vol. 58: 409 - 431
                                                                                                                      • New Challenges for Telephone Survey Research in the Twenty-First Century

                                                                                                                        Angela M. Kempf and Patrick L. RemingtonPopulation Health Institute, Department of Population Health Sciences, School of Medicine and Public Health, University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wisconsin 53726; email: [email protected]; [email protected]
                                                                                                                        Annual Review of Public Health Vol. 28: 113 - 126
                                                                                                                        • Health Impact Assessment: A Tool to Help Policy Makers Understand Health Beyond Health Care

                                                                                                                          Brian L. Cole and Jonathan E. FieldingDepartment of Health Services, School of Public Health, University of California, Los Angeles, California, 90095-1772; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                                                                                                                          Annual Review of Public Health Vol. 28: 393 - 412
                                                                                                                          • Risk Communication for Public Health Emergencies

                                                                                                                            Deborah C. GlikSchool of Public Health, University of California, Los Angeles, California 90095-1772; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                            Annual Review of Public Health Vol. 28: 33 - 54
                                                                                                                            • First Responders: Mental Health Consequences of Natural and Human-Made Disasters for Public Health and Public Safety Workers

                                                                                                                              David M. Benedek, Carol Fullerton, and Robert J. UrsanoCenter for the Study of Traumatic Stress, Uniformed Services University School of Medicine, Bethesda, Maryland 20814-4799; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
                                                                                                                              Annual Review of Public Health Vol. 28: 55 - 68
                                                                                                                              • Physical Activity and Weight Management Across the Lifespan

                                                                                                                                Jennifer H. Goldberg1 and Abby C. King21,2Stanford Prevention Research Center, Department of Medicine, 2Division of Epidemiology, Department of Health Research and Policy, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, California 94305; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                                                                                                                                Annual Review of Public Health Vol. 28: 145 - 170
                                                                                                                                • Physical Activity and Weight Management Across the Lifespan

                                                                                                                                  Jennifer H. Goldberg1 and Abby C. King21,2Stanford Prevention Research Center, Department of Medicine, 2Division of Epidemiology, Department of Health Research and Policy, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, California 94305; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                                                                                                                                  Annual Review of Public Health Vol. 28: 145 - 170
                                                                                                                                  • Health Impact Assessment: A Tool to Help Policy Makers Understand Health Beyond Health Care

                                                                                                                                    Brian L. Cole and Jonathan E. FieldingDepartment of Health Services, School of Public Health, University of California, Los Angeles, California, 90095-1772; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                                                                                                                                    Annual Review of Public Health Vol. 28: 393 - 412
                                                                                                                                    • Physical Activity and Weight Management Across the Lifespan

                                                                                                                                      Jennifer H. Goldberg1 and Abby C. King21,2Stanford Prevention Research Center, Department of Medicine, 2Division of Epidemiology, Department of Health Research and Policy, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, California 94305; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                                                                                                                                      Annual Review of Public Health Vol. 28: 145 - 170
                                                                                                                                      • Health Impact Assessment: A Tool to Help Policy Makers Understand Health Beyond Health Care

                                                                                                                                        Brian L. Cole and Jonathan E. FieldingDepartment of Health Services, School of Public Health, University of California, Los Angeles, California, 90095-1772; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                                                                                                                                        Annual Review of Public Health Vol. 28: 393 - 412
                                                                                                                                        • Quality Improvement in Public Health Emergency Preparedness

                                                                                                                                          Michael Seid,1 Debra Lotstein,1 Valerie L. Williams,2 Christopher Nelson,3 Kristin J. Leuschner,1 Allison Diamant,1,4 Stefanie Stern,1 Jeffrey Wasserman,1 and Nicole Lurie21RAND Corporation, Santa Monica, California 90407; email: [email protected]2RAND Corporation, Arlington, Virginia 222023RAND Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 152134Department of Pediatrics, University of California, Los Angeles, California 90095
                                                                                                                                          Annual Review of Public Health Vol. 28: 19 - 31
                                                                                                                                          • Seasonality of Infectious Diseases

                                                                                                                                            David N. FismanChild Health Evaluative Sciences, Research Institute of the Hospital for Sick Children, and Ontario Provincial Public Health Laboratory, Toronto, Ontario, M5G 1E2, Canada; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                            Annual Review of Public Health Vol. 28: 127 - 143
                                                                                                                                            • Quality Improvement in Public Health Emergency Preparedness

                                                                                                                                              Michael Seid,1 Debra Lotstein,1 Valerie L. Williams,2 Christopher Nelson,3 Kristin J. Leuschner,1 Allison Diamant,1,4 Stefanie Stern,1 Jeffrey Wasserman,1 and Nicole Lurie21RAND Corporation, Santa Monica, California 90407; email: [email protected]2RAND Corporation, Arlington, Virginia 222023RAND Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 152134Department of Pediatrics, University of California, Los Angeles, California 90095
                                                                                                                                              Annual Review of Public Health Vol. 28: 19 - 31
                                                                                                                                              • Assessing Public Health Emergency Preparedness: Concepts, Tools, and Challenges

                                                                                                                                                Christopher Nelson,1 Nicole Lurie,2 and Jeffrey Wasserman31RAND Corporation, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15213; email: [email protected]2RAND Corporation, Arlington, Virginia 22202; email: [email protected]3RAND Corporation, Santa Monica, California 90401; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                Annual Review of Public Health Vol. 28: 1 - 18
                                                                                                                                                • Adverse Late Effects of Childhood Cancer and Its Treatment on Health and Performance

                                                                                                                                                  Kirsten K. Ness1 and James G. Gurney21Division of Epidemiology and Clinical Research, Department of Pediatrics, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55455; email: [email protected]2Child Health and Evaluation Unit (CHEAR), Department of Pediatrics, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48109-0456; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                  Annual Review of Public Health Vol. 28: 279 - 302
                                                                                                                                                  • Phosphatonins and the Regulation of Phosphate Homeostasis

                                                                                                                                                    Theresa Berndt and Rajiv KumarNephrology and Hypertension Research, Departments of Medicine, Biochemistry, and Molecular Biology, Mayo Clinic College of Medicine, Rochester, Minnesota, 55905; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                    Annual Review of Physiology Vol. 69: 341 - 359
                                                                                                                                                    • Regulation of Receptor Trafficking by GRKs and Arrestins

                                                                                                                                                      Catherine A.C. Moore, Shawn K. Milano, and Jeffrey L. BenovicDepartment of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, Thomas Jefferson University, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19107; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                      Annual Review of Physiology Vol. 69: 451 - 482
                                                                                                                                                      • Specificity and Regulation of Renal Sulfate Transporters

                                                                                                                                                        Daniel Markovich1 and Peter S. Aronson21Department of Physiology and Pharmacology, School of Biomedical Sciences, University of Queensland, Brisbane, QLD 4072 Australia; email: [email protected]2Department of Internal Medicine & Department of Cellular and Molecular Physiology, Yale University School of Medicine, New Haven, Connecticut 06520-8029; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                        Annual Review of Physiology Vol. 69: 361 - 375
                                                                                                                                                        • Timing and Computation in Inner Retinal Circuitry

                                                                                                                                                          Stephen A. BaccusDepartment of Neurobiology, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, California 94305; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                          Annual Review of Physiology Vol. 69: 271 - 290
                                                                                                                                                          • Timing and Computation in Inner Retinal Circuitry

                                                                                                                                                            Stephen A. BaccusDepartment of Neurobiology, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, California 94305; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                            Annual Review of Physiology Vol. 69: 271 - 290
                                                                                                                                                            • Nuclear Receptor Structure: Implications for Function

                                                                                                                                                              David L. Bain, Aaron F. Heneghan, Keith D. Connaghan-Jones, and Michael T. MiuraDepartment of Pharmaceutical Sciences, University of Colorado Health Sciences Center, Denver, Colorado 80262; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                              Annual Review of Physiology Vol. 69: 201 - 220
                                                                                                                                                              • Cytokine Therapy for Crohn's Disease: Advances in Translational Research

                                                                                                                                                                Theresa T. Pizarro and Fabio CominelliDivision of Gastroenterology & Hepatology and the Digestive Health Center of Excellence, University of Virginia Health System, Charlottesville, Virginia 22908; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                Annual Review of Medicine Vol. 58: 433 - 444
                                                                                                                                                                • The Drug Development Crisis: Efficiency and Safety

                                                                                                                                                                  C. Thomas CaskeyBrown Foundation Institute of Molecular Medicine for the Prevention of Human Diseases, The University of Texas Health Science Center at Houston, Houston, Texas 77030; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                  Annual Review of Medicine Vol. 58: 1 - 16
                                                                                                                                                                  • Intracellular Targets of Matrix Metalloproteinase-2 in Cardiac Disease: Rationale and Therapeutic Approaches

                                                                                                                                                                    Richard SchulzCardiovascular Research Group, Departments of Pediatrics and Pharmacology, University of Alberta, Edmonton, Alberta, Canada; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                    Annual Review of Pharmacology and Toxicology Vol. 47: 211 - 242
                                                                                                                                                                    • Cardiac Resynchronization Treatment of Heart Failure

                                                                                                                                                                      Ayesha Hasan and William T. AbrahamDivision of Cardiovascular Medicine, The Ohio State University College of Medicine, Columbus, Ohio 43210-1252; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                      Annual Review of Medicine Vol. 58: 63 - 74
                                                                                                                                                                      • Cytokine Therapy for Crohn's Disease: Advances in Translational Research

                                                                                                                                                                        Theresa T. Pizarro and Fabio CominelliDivision of Gastroenterology & Hepatology and the Digestive Health Center of Excellence, University of Virginia Health System, Charlottesville, Virginia 22908; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                        Annual Review of Medicine Vol. 58: 433 - 444
                                                                                                                                                                        • The Drug Development Crisis: Efficiency and Safety

                                                                                                                                                                          C. Thomas CaskeyBrown Foundation Institute of Molecular Medicine for the Prevention of Human Diseases, The University of Texas Health Science Center at Houston, Houston, Texas 77030; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                          Annual Review of Medicine Vol. 58: 1 - 16
                                                                                                                                                                          • Why Hasn't Eliminating Acute Rejection Improved Graft Survival?

                                                                                                                                                                            JogiRaju Tantravahi,1,2 Karl L. Womer,1,2 and Bruce Kaplan31Division of Nephrology, Hypertension, and Renal Transplantation, University of Florida College of Medicine, Gainesville, Florida 32601-02242Malcom Randall VA Medical Center, Gainesville, Florida 326103University of Illinois Transplant Center, Department of Medicine, University of Illinois College of Medicine, Chicago, Illinois 60612-7315; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                            Annual Review of Medicine Vol. 58: 369 - 385
                                                                                                                                                                            • Mechanism-Based Pharmacokinetic-Pharmacodynamic Modeling: Biophase Distribution, Receptor Theory, and Dynamical Systems Analysis

                                                                                                                                                                              Meindert Danhof,1,2 Joost de Jongh,1,2 Elizabeth C.M. De Lange,1 Oscar Della Pasqua,1,3 Bart A. Ploeger,1,2 and Rob A. Voskuyl1,41Leiden/Amsterdam Center for Drug Research, Division of Pharmacology, Leiden University, 2300 RA Leiden, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]2LAP & P Consultants BV, Archimedesweg 31, 2333 CM Leiden, The Netherlands3Clinical Pharmacology & Discovery Medicine, GlaxoSmithKline, Greenford, United Kingdom4Stichting Epilepsie Instellingen Nederland, Hoofddorp, The Netherlands
                                                                                                                                                                              Annual Review of Pharmacology and Toxicology Vol. 47: 357 - 400
                                                                                                                                                                              • Why Hasn't Eliminating Acute Rejection Improved Graft Survival?

                                                                                                                                                                                JogiRaju Tantravahi,1,2 Karl L. Womer,1,2 and Bruce Kaplan31Division of Nephrology, Hypertension, and Renal Transplantation, University of Florida College of Medicine, Gainesville, Florida 32601-02242Malcom Randall VA Medical Center, Gainesville, Florida 326103University of Illinois Transplant Center, Department of Medicine, University of Illinois College of Medicine, Chicago, Illinois 60612-7315; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                Annual Review of Medicine Vol. 58: 369 - 385
                                                                                                                                                                                • Mechanism-Based Pharmacokinetic-Pharmacodynamic Modeling: Biophase Distribution, Receptor Theory, and Dynamical Systems Analysis

                                                                                                                                                                                  Meindert Danhof,1,2 Joost de Jongh,1,2 Elizabeth C.M. De Lange,1 Oscar Della Pasqua,1,3 Bart A. Ploeger,1,2 and Rob A. Voskuyl1,41Leiden/Amsterdam Center for Drug Research, Division of Pharmacology, Leiden University, 2300 RA Leiden, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]2LAP & P Consultants BV, Archimedesweg 31, 2333 CM Leiden, The Netherlands3Clinical Pharmacology & Discovery Medicine, GlaxoSmithKline, Greenford, United Kingdom4Stichting Epilepsie Instellingen Nederland, Hoofddorp, The Netherlands
                                                                                                                                                                                  Annual Review of Pharmacology and Toxicology Vol. 47: 357 - 400
                                                                                                                                                                                  • Pharmacogenomic and Structural Analysis of Constitutive G Protein–Coupled Receptor Activity

                                                                                                                                                                                    Martine J. Smit,1 Henry F. Vischer,1 Remko A. Bakker,1 Aldo Jongejan,1 Henk Timmerman,1 Leonardo Pardo,2 and Rob Leurs11Leiden/Amsterdam Center for Drug Research, Division of Medicinal Chemistry, Vrije Universiteit, Faculty of Sciences, Department of Chemistry, 1081 HV Amsterdam, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]2Laboratorio de Medicina Computacional, Unidad de Bioestadistica, Facultad de Medicina, Universidad Autonoma de Barcelona, Barcelona, Spain
                                                                                                                                                                                    Annual Review of Pharmacology and Toxicology Vol. 47: 53 - 87
                                                                                                                                                                                    • The Drug Development Crisis: Efficiency and Safety

                                                                                                                                                                                      C. Thomas CaskeyBrown Foundation Institute of Molecular Medicine for the Prevention of Human Diseases, The University of Texas Health Science Center at Houston, Houston, Texas 77030; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                      Annual Review of Medicine Vol. 58: 1 - 16
                                                                                                                                                                                      • Cellular Responses to DNA Damage: One Signal, Multiple Choices

                                                                                                                                                                                        Tin Tin SuMolecular, Cellular and Developmental Biology, University of Colorado, Boulder, Colorado 80309-0347; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                        Annual Review of Genetics Vol. 40: 187 - 208
                                                                                                                                                                                        • Genetic Analysis of Brain Circuits Underlying Pheromone Signaling

                                                                                                                                                                                          C. Dulac1 and S. Wagner21Howard Hughes Medical Institute, Department of Molecular and Cellular Biology, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138; email: [email protected]2Department of Neurobiology, Hebrew University, Jerusalem, Israel 91904; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                          Annual Review of Genetics Vol. 40: 449 - 467
                                                                                                                                                                                          • Genetics of Egg-Laying in Worms

                                                                                                                                                                                            William R. Schafer[Erratum]Department of Biology, University of California at San Diego, La Jolla, California 92093-0349 and MRC Laboratory of Molecular Biology, Cambridge CB2 2QH, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                            Annual Review of Genetics Vol. 40: 487 - 509
                                                                                                                                                                                            • Mechanisms of Cyclic-di-GMP Signaling in Bacteria

                                                                                                                                                                                              Urs Jenal and Jacob MaloneBiozentrum of the University of Basel, CH-4056 Basel, Switzerland; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                              Annual Review of Genetics Vol. 40: 385 - 407
                                                                                                                                                                                              • Genetic Analysis of Brain Circuits Underlying Pheromone Signaling

                                                                                                                                                                                                C. Dulac1 and S. Wagner21Howard Hughes Medical Institute, Department of Molecular and Cellular Biology, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138; email: [email protected]2Department of Neurobiology, Hebrew University, Jerusalem, Israel 91904; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                Annual Review of Genetics Vol. 40: 449 - 467
                                                                                                                                                                                                • Genetics of Egg-Laying in Worms

                                                                                                                                                                                                  William R. Schafer[Erratum]Department of Biology, University of California at San Diego, La Jolla, California 92093-0349 and MRC Laboratory of Molecular Biology, Cambridge CB2 2QH, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                  Annual Review of Genetics Vol. 40: 487 - 509
                                                                                                                                                                                                  • Genetics of Egg-Laying in Worms

                                                                                                                                                                                                    William R. Schafer[Erratum]Department of Biology, University of California at San Diego, La Jolla, California 92093-0349 and MRC Laboratory of Molecular Biology, Cambridge CB2 2QH, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                    Annual Review of Genetics Vol. 40: 487 - 509
                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Genetics of Egg-Laying in Worms

                                                                                                                                                                                                      William R. Schafer[Erratum]Department of Biology, University of California at San Diego, La Jolla, California 92093-0349 and MRC Laboratory of Molecular Biology, Cambridge CB2 2QH, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                      Annual Review of Genetics Vol. 40: 487 - 509
                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Biodiversity Conservation Planning Tools: Present Status and Challenges for the Future

                                                                                                                                                                                                        Sahotra Sarkar,1 Robert L. Pressey,2 Daniel P. Faith,3 Christopher R. Margules,4 Trevon Fuller,1 David M. Stoms,5 Alexander Moffett,1 Kerrie A. Wilson,2 Kristen J. Williams,4 Paul H. Williams,6 and Sandy Andelman71Biodiversity and Biocultural Conservation Laboratory, Section of Integrative Biology, University of Texas, Austin, Texas 78712; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2The Ecology Centre, The University of Queensland, St. Lucia, Queensland 4072, Australia; email: [email protected], [email protected]3The Australian Museum, Sydney, New South Wales 2010, Australia; email: [email protected]4Sustainable Ecosystems Division, Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation, St. Lucia, Queensland 4067, Australia; email: [email protected], [email protected]5Donald Bren School of Environmental Science and Management, University of California, Santa Barbara, California 93106; email: [email protected]6Biogeography and Conservation Laboratory, Department of Entomology, The Natural History Museum, London SW7 5BD, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]7Conservation International, Washington, District of Columbia 20036; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 31: 123 - 159
                                                                                                                                                                                                        • Biodiversity Conservation Planning Tools: Present Status and Challenges for the Future

                                                                                                                                                                                                          Sahotra Sarkar,1 Robert L. Pressey,2 Daniel P. Faith,3 Christopher R. Margules,4 Trevon Fuller,1 David M. Stoms,5 Alexander Moffett,1 Kerrie A. Wilson,2 Kristen J. Williams,4 Paul H. Williams,6 and Sandy Andelman71Biodiversity and Biocultural Conservation Laboratory, Section of Integrative Biology, University of Texas, Austin, Texas 78712; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2The Ecology Centre, The University of Queensland, St. Lucia, Queensland 4072, Australia; email: [email protected], [email protected]3The Australian Museum, Sydney, New South Wales 2010, Australia; email: [email protected]4Sustainable Ecosystems Division, Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation, St. Lucia, Queensland 4067, Australia; email: [email protected], [email protected]5Donald Bren School of Environmental Science and Management, University of California, Santa Barbara, California 93106; email: [email protected]6Biogeography and Conservation Laboratory, Department of Entomology, The Natural History Museum, London SW7 5BD, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]7Conservation International, Washington, District of Columbia 20036; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                          Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 31: 123 - 159
                                                                                                                                                                                                          • Global Marine Biodiversity Trends

                                                                                                                                                                                                            Enric Sala and Nancy KnowltonCenter for Marine Biodiversity and Conservation, Scripps Institution of Oceanography, University of California, San Diego, La Jolla, California 92093-0202; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                            Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 31: 93 - 122
                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Water Markets and Trading

                                                                                                                                                                                                              Howard Chong and David SundingDepartment of Agricultural and Resource Economics, University of California, Berkeley, California, 94720-3310; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 31: 239 - 264
                                                                                                                                                                                                              • Assessing the Vulnerability of Social-Environmental Systems

                                                                                                                                                                                                                Hallie Eakin1 and Amy Lynd Luers21Department of Geography, University of California, Santa Barbara, California, 93106-4060; email: [email protected]2Global Environmental Program, Union of Concerned Scientists, Berkeley, California 94704-1567; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 31: 365 - 394
                                                                                                                                                                                                                • Environment and Security

                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Sanjeev Khagram1 and Saleem Ali21Public Affairs and International Studies, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195-3055; email: [email protected]2Rubenstein School of Environment and Natural Resources, University of Vermont, Burlington, Vermont 05401; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 31: 395 - 411
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • Environment and Security

                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Sanjeev Khagram1 and Saleem Ali21Public Affairs and International Studies, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195-3055; email: [email protected]2Rubenstein School of Environment and Natural Resources, University of Vermont, Burlington, Vermont 05401; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 31: 395 - 411
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Biotechnology in Agriculture

                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Robert W. HerdtApplied Economics and Management, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York 14853; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 31: 265 - 295
                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Environment and Security

                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Sanjeev Khagram1 and Saleem Ali21Public Affairs and International Studies, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195-3055; email: [email protected]2Rubenstein School of Environment and Natural Resources, University of Vermont, Burlington, Vermont 05401; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 31: 395 - 411
                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • Physics of a Rare Isotope Accelerator

                                                                                                                                                                                                                          D.F. Geesaman,1 C.K. Gelbke,2 R.V.F. Janssens,1 and B.M. Sherrill21Argonne National Laboratory, Argonne, Illinois 60439; e-mail: [email protected], [email protected]2National Superconducting Cyclotron Laboratory and Department of Physics, Michigan State University, East Lansing, Michigan 48824; e-mail: [email protected], [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Annual Review of Nuclear and Particle Science Vol. 56: 53 - 92
                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • Assessing the Vulnerability of Social-Environmental Systems

                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Hallie Eakin1 and Amy Lynd Luers21Department of Geography, University of California, Santa Barbara, California, 93106-4060; email: [email protected]2Global Environmental Program, Union of Concerned Scientists, Berkeley, California 94704-1567; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 31: 365 - 394
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Energy Efficiency Policies: A Retrospective Examination

                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Kenneth Gillingham,1,2 Richard Newell,1 and Karen Palmer11Resources for the Future, Washington, District of Columbia 20036; email: [email protected], [email protected]2Stanford University, Stanford, California 94309; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 31: 161 - 192
                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • Assessing the Vulnerability of Social-Environmental Systems

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Hallie Eakin1 and Amy Lynd Luers21Department of Geography, University of California, Santa Barbara, California, 93106-4060; email: [email protected]2Global Environmental Program, Union of Concerned Scientists, Berkeley, California 94704-1567; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 31: 365 - 394
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • Understanding Microbial Metabolism

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Diana M. DownsDepartment of Bacteriology, College of Agriculture and Life Sciences, University of Wisconsin-Madison, Madison, Wisconsin 53706; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Annual Review of Microbiology Vol. 60: 533 - 559
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • Francisella tularensis: Taxonomy, Genetics, and Immunopathogenesis of a Potential Agent of Biowarfare

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Molly K. McLendon,1,2 Michael A. Apicella,1,2 and Lee-Ann H. Allen1,2,31Inflammation Program and the Departments of 2Microbiology and 3Internal Medicine, University of Iowa and the VA Medical Center, Iowa City, Iowa 52242; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Annual Review of Microbiology Vol. 60: 167 - 185
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Virus Counterdefense: Diverse Strategies for Evading the RNA-Silencing Immunity

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Feng Li1 and Shou-Wei Ding1,21Graduate Program for Microbiology, 2Department of Plant Pathology and Center for Plant Cell Biology, Institute for Integrative Genome Biology, University of California, Riverside, California 92521; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Annual Review of Microbiology Vol. 60: 503 - 531
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Understanding Microbial Metabolism

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Diana M. DownsDepartment of Bacteriology, College of Agriculture and Life Sciences, University of Wisconsin-Madison, Madison, Wisconsin 53706; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Annual Review of Microbiology Vol. 60: 533 - 559
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • Virus Counterdefense: Diverse Strategies for Evading the RNA-Silencing Immunity

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Feng Li1 and Shou-Wei Ding1,21Graduate Program for Microbiology, 2Department of Plant Pathology and Center for Plant Cell Biology, Institute for Integrative Genome Biology, University of California, Riverside, California 92521; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Annual Review of Microbiology Vol. 60: 503 - 531
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • Origin of Mutations Under Selection: The Adaptive Mutation Controversy

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            John R. Roth,1 Elisabeth Kugelberg1 Andrew B. Reams1 Eric Kofoid1 and Dan I. Andersson21Microbiology Section, Division of Biological Sciences, University of California, Davis, California 95616; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2Department of Medical Biochemistry and Microbiology, Uppsala University, Uppsala SE-751 23, Sweden; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Annual Review of Microbiology Vol. 60: 477 - 501
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • Origin of Mutations Under Selection: The Adaptive Mutation Controversy

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              John R. Roth,1 Elisabeth Kugelberg1 Andrew B. Reams1 Eric Kofoid1 and Dan I. Andersson21Microbiology Section, Division of Biological Sciences, University of California, Davis, California 95616; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2Department of Medical Biochemistry and Microbiology, Uppsala University, Uppsala SE-751 23, Sweden; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Annual Review of Microbiology Vol. 60: 477 - 501
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • Understanding Microbial Metabolism

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Diana M. DownsDepartment of Bacteriology, College of Agriculture and Life Sciences, University of Wisconsin-Madison, Madison, Wisconsin 53706; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Annual Review of Microbiology Vol. 60: 533 - 559
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • Virus Counterdefense: Diverse Strategies for Evading the RNA-Silencing Immunity

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Feng Li1 and Shou-Wei Ding1,21Graduate Program for Microbiology, 2Department of Plant Pathology and Center for Plant Cell Biology, Institute for Integrative Genome Biology, University of California, Riverside, California 92521; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Annual Review of Microbiology Vol. 60: 503 - 531
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • Origin of Mutations Under Selection: The Adaptive Mutation Controversy

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    John R. Roth,1 Elisabeth Kugelberg1 Andrew B. Reams1 Eric Kofoid1 and Dan I. Andersson21Microbiology Section, Division of Biological Sciences, University of California, Davis, California 95616; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]2Department of Medical Biochemistry and Microbiology, Uppsala University, Uppsala SE-751 23, Sweden; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Annual Review of Microbiology Vol. 60: 477 - 501
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Francisella tularensis: Taxonomy, Genetics, and Immunopathogenesis of a Potential Agent of Biowarfare

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Molly K. McLendon,1,2 Michael A. Apicella,1,2 and Lee-Ann H. Allen1,2,31Inflammation Program and the Departments of 2Microbiology and 3Internal Medicine, University of Iowa and the VA Medical Center, Iowa City, Iowa 52242; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Annual Review of Microbiology Vol. 60: 167 - 185
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Virus-Vector Interactions Mediating Nonpersistent and Semipersistent Transmission of Plant Viruses

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        James C. K. Ng1 and Bryce W. Falk21Department of Plant Pathology, University of California, Riverside, California 92521 and 2Department of Plant Pathology, University of California, Davis, California 95616; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Annual Review of Phytopathology Vol. 44: 183 - 212
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • Genome-Wide Analysis of Protein-DNA Interactions

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Tae Hoon Kim1 and Bing Ren1,21Ludwig Institute for Cancer Research, 2Department of Cellular and Molecular Medicine, University of California, San Diego School of Medicine, La Jolla, California 92093-0653; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Annual Review of Genomics and Human Genetics Vol. 7: 81 - 102
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • A 60-Year Tale of Spots, Maps, and Genes

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Victor A. McKusickInstitute of Genetic Medicine, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine, Baltimore, Maryland 21287-4922

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Annual Review of Genomics and Human Genetics Vol. 7: 1 - 27
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • A 60-Year Tale of Spots, Maps, and Genes

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Victor A. McKusickInstitute of Genetic Medicine, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine, Baltimore, Maryland 21287-4922

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Annual Review of Genomics and Human Genetics Vol. 7: 1 - 27
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • Mouse Chromosome Engineering for Modeling Human Disease

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Louise van der Weyden and Allan BradleyMouse Genomics Lab, Wellcome Trust Sanger Institute, Wellcome Trust Genome Campus, Cambridge, United Kingdom; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Annual Review of Genomics and Human Genetics Vol. 7: 247 - 276
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • Quantification and Modeling of Crop Losses: A Review of Purposes

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Serge Savary,1 Paul S. Teng,2 Laetitia Willocquet,1 and Forrest W. Nutter, Jr.31INRA, UMR Santé Végétale, BP81, Villenave d'Ornon 33883, France; email: [email protected], [email protected]2Natural Science and Science Education, National Institute of Education, Nanyang Technological University, 637616 Singapore; email: [email protected]3Department of Plant Pathology, Iowa State University, Ames, Iowa 50011; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Annual Review of Phytopathology Vol. 44: 89 - 112
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • Virus-Vector Interactions Mediating Nonpersistent and Semipersistent Transmission of Plant Viruses

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    James C. K. Ng1 and Bryce W. Falk21Department of Plant Pathology, University of California, Riverside, California 92521 and 2Department of Plant Pathology, University of California, Davis, California 95616; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Annual Review of Phytopathology Vol. 44: 183 - 212
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Predicting the Effects of Amino Acid Substitutions on Protein Function

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Pauline C. Ng and Steven HenikoffFred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center, Seattle, Washington 98109; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Annual Review of Genomics and Human Genetics Vol. 7: 61 - 80
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Climate Change Effects on Plant Disease: Genomes to Ecosystems

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        K. A. Garrett, S. P. Dendy, E. E. Frank, M. N. Rouse, and S. E. TraversDepartment of Plant Pathology, Kansas State University, Manhattan, Kansas 66506; email: [email protected]; [email protected]; [email protected]; [email protected]; [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Annual Review of Phytopathology Vol. 44: 489 - 509
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • LAB ON A CD

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Marc Madou, Jim Zoval, Guangyao Jia, Horacio Kido, Jitae Kim, and Nahui KimDepartment of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering, University of California, Irvine, California 92697; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Annual Review of Biomedical Engineering Vol. 8: 601 - 628
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • MECHANISM AND DYNAMICS OF CADHERIN ADHESION

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Deborah Leckband1,2 and Anil Prakasam11Departments of Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering and 2Center for Biophysics and Computational Biology, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, Urbana-Champaign, Illinois 61801; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Annual Review of Biomedical Engineering Vol. 8: 259 - 287
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • LAB ON A CD

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Marc Madou, Jim Zoval, Guangyao Jia, Horacio Kido, Jitae Kim, and Nahui KimDepartment of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering, University of California, Irvine, California 92697; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Annual Review of Biomedical Engineering Vol. 8: 601 - 628
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • LAB ON A CD

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Marc Madou, Jim Zoval, Guangyao Jia, Horacio Kido, Jitae Kim, and Nahui KimDepartment of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering, University of California, Irvine, California 92697; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Annual Review of Biomedical Engineering Vol. 8: 601 - 628
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • Food Allergies: Prevalence, Molecular Characterization, and Treatment/Prevention Strategies

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Laurie A. Lee and A. Wesley BurksPediatric Allergy and Immunology, Duke University Medical Center, Durham, North Carolina 27710; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Annual Review of Nutrition Vol. 26: 539 - 565
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • BIOLOGY AND BIOCHEMISTRY OF GLUCOSINOLATES

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Barbara Ann Halkier1 and Jonathan Gershenzon21Plant Biochemistry Laboratory, Department of Plant Biology, Royal Veterinary and Agricultural University, DK-1871 Frederiksberg C, Denmark; email: [email protected]2Department of Biochemistry, Max Planck Institute for Chemical Ecology, D-07745 Jena, Germany; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Annual Review of Plant Biology Vol. 57: 303 - 333
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • GENETICS OF MEIOTIC PROPHASE I IN PLANTS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Olivier Hamant,1,2 Hong Ma,3 and W. Zacheus Cande11Department of Molecular and Cell Biology, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720; email: [email protected]2RDP-ENS Lyon, 69364 Lyon cedex 07, France; email: [email protected]3Department of Biology and the Huck Institutes of the Life Sciences, Pennsylvania State University, University Park, Pennsylvania 16802; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Annual Review of Plant Biology Vol. 57: 267 - 302
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • GENETICS OF MEIOTIC PROPHASE I IN PLANTS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Olivier Hamant,1,2 Hong Ma,3 and W. Zacheus Cande11Department of Molecular and Cell Biology, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720; email: [email protected]2RDP-ENS Lyon, 69364 Lyon cedex 07, France; email: [email protected]3Department of Biology and the Huck Institutes of the Life Sciences, Pennsylvania State University, University Park, Pennsylvania 16802; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Annual Review of Plant Biology Vol. 57: 267 - 302
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • QUANTITATIVE FLUORESCENCE MICROSCOPY: From Art to Science

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Mark Fricker,1 John Runions,2 and Ian Moore11Department of Plant Sciences, University of Oxford, Oxford, OX1 3RB England; email: [email protected], [email protected]2School of Biological and Molecular Sciences, Oxford Brookes University, Oxford, OX3 0BP England; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Annual Review of Plant Biology Vol. 57: 79 - 107
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • PHYTOCHROME STRUCTURE AND SIGNALING MECHANISMS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Nathan C. Rockwell, Yi-Shin Su, and J. Clark LagariasSection of Molecular and Cellular Biology, University of California, Davis, California 95616; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Annual Review of Plant Biology Vol. 57: 837 - 858
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • INTEGRATIVE PLANT BIOLOGY: Role of Phloem Long-Distance Macromolecular Trafficking

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Tony J. Lough1 and William J. Lucas21Agrigenesis Biosciences, Auckland, New Zealand; email: [email protected]2Section of Plant Biology, Division of Biological Sciences, University of California, Davis, California 95616; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Annual Review of Plant Biology Vol. 57: 203 - 232
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • THE ROLE OF ROOT EXUDATES IN RHIZOSPHERE INTERACTIONS WITH PLANTS AND OTHER ORGANISMS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Harsh P. Bais,5 Tiffany L. Weir,1,2 Laura G. Perry,2,3 Simon Gilroy,4 and Jorge M. Vivanco1,21Department of Horticulture and Landscape Architecture,2Center for Rhizosphere Biology, and3Department of Forest, Rangeland, and Watershed Stewardship, Colorado State University, Fort Collins, Colorado 80523-11734Department of Biology, Pennsylvania State University, University Park, Pennsylvania 16802; email: [email protected]5Department of Plant and Soil Sciences, Delaware Biotechnology Institute, Newark, Delaware 19711
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Annual Review of Plant Biology Vol. 57: 233 - 266
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • PYRIMIDINE AND PURINE BIOSYNTHESIS AND DEGRADATION IN PLANTS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Rita Zrenner,1 Mark Stitt,1 Uwe Sonnewald,2 and Ralf Boldt31Max Planck Institute of Molecular Plant Physiology, 14476 Potsdam OT Golm, Germany; email: [email protected], [email protected]2Friedrich-Alexander-Universität Erlangen-Nürnberg, Lehrstuhl für Biochemie, 91058 Erlangen, Germany; email: [email protected]3University of Rostock, Institute of Bioscience, Department of Plant Physiology, 18059 Rostock, Germany; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Annual Review of Plant Biology Vol. 57: 805 - 836
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • MECHANISM OF LEAF-SHAPE DETERMINATION

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Hirokazu TsukayaGraduate School of Science, University of Tokyo, 7-3-1 Hongo, Bunkyo-ku, Tokyo 113-0033, Japan; National Institute for Basic Biology, Myodaiji-cho, Okazaki 444-8585, Japan; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Annual Review of Plant Biology Vol. 57: 477 - 496
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • THE ROLE OF ROOT EXUDATES IN RHIZOSPHERE INTERACTIONS WITH PLANTS AND OTHER ORGANISMS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Harsh P. Bais,5 Tiffany L. Weir,1,2 Laura G. Perry,2,3 Simon Gilroy,4 and Jorge M. Vivanco1,21Department of Horticulture and Landscape Architecture,2Center for Rhizosphere Biology, and3Department of Forest, Rangeland, and Watershed Stewardship, Colorado State University, Fort Collins, Colorado 80523-11734Department of Biology, Pennsylvania State University, University Park, Pennsylvania 16802; email: [email protected]5Department of Plant and Soil Sciences, Delaware Biotechnology Institute, Newark, Delaware 19711
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Annual Review of Plant Biology Vol. 57: 233 - 266
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • GENETICS OF MEIOTIC PROPHASE I IN PLANTS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Olivier Hamant,1,2 Hong Ma,3 and W. Zacheus Cande11Department of Molecular and Cell Biology, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720; email: [email protected]2RDP-ENS Lyon, 69364 Lyon cedex 07, France; email: [email protected]3Department of Biology and the Huck Institutes of the Life Sciences, Pennsylvania State University, University Park, Pennsylvania 16802; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Annual Review of Plant Biology Vol. 57: 267 - 302
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • Responding to Color: The Regulation of Complementary Chromatic Adaptation

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          David M. Kehoe and Andrian GutuDepartment of Biology, Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana 47405; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Annual Review of Plant Biology Vol. 57: 127 - 150
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • THE REGULATION AND PHARMACOLOGY OF ENDOTHELIAL NITRIC OXIDE SYNTHASE

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            David M. Dudzinski,1 Junsuke Igarashi,2 Daniel Greif,3 and Thomas Michel1,41Cardiovascular Division, Brigham and Women's Hospital and Harvard Medical School, Boston, Massachusetts 021152Department of Cardiovascular Physiology, Kagawa University, Kagawa, Japan3Division of Cardiovascular Medicine, Stanford University School of Medicine, Falk Cardiovascular Research Center, Stanford, California 943054Veterans Affairs Boston Healthcare System, Boston, Massachusetts 02115; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Annual Review of Pharmacology and Toxicology Vol. 46: 235 - 276
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • THE REGULATION AND PHARMACOLOGY OF ENDOTHELIAL NITRIC OXIDE SYNTHASE

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              David M. Dudzinski,1 Junsuke Igarashi,2 Daniel Greif,3 and Thomas Michel1,41Cardiovascular Division, Brigham and Women's Hospital and Harvard Medical School, Boston, Massachusetts 021152Department of Cardiovascular Physiology, Kagawa University, Kagawa, Japan3Division of Cardiovascular Medicine, Stanford University School of Medicine, Falk Cardiovascular Research Center, Stanford, California 943054Veterans Affairs Boston Healthcare System, Boston, Massachusetts 02115; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Annual Review of Pharmacology and Toxicology Vol. 46: 235 - 276
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • OPPORTUNITIES FOR GENETIC INVESTIGATION AFFORDED BY ACINETOBACTER BAYLYI, A NUTRITIONALLY VERSATILE BACTERIAL SPECIES THAT IS HIGHLY COMPETENT FOR NATURAL TRANSFORMATION

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                David M. Young1, Donna Parke2, and L. Nicholas Ornston21Department of Microbiology and Molecular Genetics, Harvard Medical School, Boston, Massachusetts 02115; email: [email protected]2Department of Molecular, Cellular and Developmental Biology, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut 06520-8103; email: [email protected]; [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Annual Review of Microbiology Vol. 59: 519 - 551
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • FOURIER TRANSFORM INFRARED VIBRATIONAL SPECTROSCOPIC IMAGING: Integrating Microscopy and Molecular Recognition

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Ira W. Levin and Rohit BhargavaLaboratory of Chemical Physics, National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, MD 20892-0520; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Annual Review of Physical Chemistry Vol. 56: 429 - 474
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • FOURIER TRANSFORM INFRARED VIBRATIONAL SPECTROSCOPIC IMAGING: Integrating Microscopy and Molecular Recognition

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Ira W. Levin and Rohit BhargavaLaboratory of Chemical Physics, National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, MD 20892-0520; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Annual Review of Physical Chemistry Vol. 56: 429 - 474
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • FOURIER TRANSFORM INFRARED VIBRATIONAL SPECTROSCOPIC IMAGING: Integrating Microscopy and Molecular Recognition

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Ira W. Levin and Rohit BhargavaLaboratory of Chemical Physics, National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, MD 20892-0520; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Annual Review of Physical Chemistry Vol. 56: 429 - 474
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • FOURIER TRANSFORM INFRARED VIBRATIONAL SPECTROSCOPIC IMAGING: Integrating Microscopy and Molecular Recognition

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Ira W. Levin and Rohit BhargavaLaboratory of Chemical Physics, National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, MD 20892-0520; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Annual Review of Physical Chemistry Vol. 56: 429 - 474
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • FOURIER TRANSFORM INFRARED VIBRATIONAL SPECTROSCOPIC IMAGING: Integrating Microscopy and Molecular Recognition

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Ira W. Levin and Rohit BhargavaLaboratory of Chemical Physics, National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, MD 20892-0520; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Annual Review of Physical Chemistry Vol. 56: 429 - 474
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          • FOURIER TRANSFORM INFRARED VIBRATIONAL SPECTROSCOPIC IMAGING: Integrating Microscopy and Molecular Recognition

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Ira W. Levin and Rohit BhargavaLaboratory of Chemical Physics, National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, MD 20892-0520; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Annual Review of Physical Chemistry Vol. 56: 429 - 474
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            • SECRETION AND ABSORPTION BY COLONIC CRYPTS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              John P. GeibelDepartment of Surgery, Department of Cellular and Molecular Physiology, Yale University School of Medicine, New Haven, Connecticut 06520; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Annual Review of Physiology Vol. 67: 471 - 490
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              • SECRETION AND ABSORPTION BY COLONIC CRYPTS

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                John P. GeibelDepartment of Surgery, Department of Cellular and Molecular Physiology, Yale University School of Medicine, New Haven, Connecticut 06520; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Annual Review of Physiology Vol. 67: 471 - 490
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                • Johne's Disease, Inflammatory Bowel Disease, and Mycobacterium paratuberculosis

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Ofelia Chacon,1,2 Luiz E. Bermudez,3 and Raúl G. Barletta11Department of Veterinary and Biomedical Sciences, University of Nebraska,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Lincoln, Nebraska 68583-0905
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  ; email: [email protected]; [email protected]2Seccion de Bacteriología, Corporacion para Investigaciones Biologicas (CIB),
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Carrera 72A No. 78B 141, A.A. 7378, Medellín, Colombia
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  3Department of Biomedical Sciences, College of Veterinary Medicine, Oregon State University,
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Corvallis, Oregon 97331
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  ; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Annual Review of Microbiology Vol. 58: 329 - 363
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  • Building Bridges Between Populations and Samples in Epidemiological Studies

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    W. Kalsbeek1 and G. Heiss2Departments of 1Biostatistics, School of Public Health, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, North Carolina 27599-2400; e-mail: 1 [email protected] ; 2Epidemiology, School of Public Health, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, North Carolina 27599-2400; e-mail: 2 [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Annual Review of Public Health Vol. 21: 147 - 169
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Building Bridges Between Populations and Samples in Epidemiological Studies

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      W. Kalsbeek1 and G. Heiss2Departments of 1Biostatistics, School of Public Health, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, North Carolina 27599-2400; e-mail: 1 [email protected] ; 2Epidemiology, School of Public Health, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, North Carolina 27599-2400; e-mail: 2 [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Annual Review of Public Health Vol. 21: 147 - 169

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • 127. 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Streck C. 2004. New partnerships in global environmental policy: the clean development mechanism. J. Environ. Dev. 13:295–322
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Crossref
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Google Scholar
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Article Locations:
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Article Location
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Article Location
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      More AR articles citing this reference

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Multiactor Governance and the Environment

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Peter Newell,1 Philipp Pattberg,2 and Heike Schroeder31Department of International Relations, University of Sussex, Sussex BN1 9SN, United Kingdom: email: [email protected]2Institute for Environmental Studies, Department of Environmental Policy Analysis, Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, Amsterdam 1081 HV, The Netherlands; email: [email protected]3School of International Development, University of East Anglia, Norwich NR4 7TJ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 37: 365 - 387
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • ...or at least power sharing in public-private partnerships (PPPs) and forms of hybrid authority (27, 28, 29)....

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • 128. 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Intergov. Panel Clim. Chang. (IPCC). 2001. Climate Change 2001: Impacts, Adaptation and Vulnerability. IPCC, Geneva.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Google Scholar
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Article Locations:
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Article Location
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Article Location
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • 129. 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Socolow R, Hotinsky R, Greenblatt J, Pacala S. 2004. Solving the climate change problem. Environment 46:8–19
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Crossref
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Web of Science ®
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Google Scholar
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Article Location
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • 130. 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Kates RW. 2004. Beyond Kyoto. Environment 46:2
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Crossref
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Google Scholar
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Article Location
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • 131. 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Nelson K, Jong BJH. 2003. Making global initiatives local realities: carbon mitigation projects in Chiapas, Mexico. Glob. Environ. Chang. 13:19–30
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Crossref
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Web of Science ®
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Google Scholar
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Article Location
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • 132. 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Klooster D, Masera O. 2000. Community forest management in Mexico: carbon mitigation and biodiversity conservation through rural development. Glob. Environ. Chang. 10:259–72
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Crossref
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Web of Science ®
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Google Scholar
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Article Location
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      More AR articles citing this reference

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Neoliberalism and the Environment in Latin America

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Diana M. Liverman and Silvina VilasEnvironmental Change Institute, Oxford University Center for the Environment, Oxford OX1 3QY, United Kingdom; email: [email protected], [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 31: 327 - 363
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • ...most programs are experimental rather than operational, but researchers are starting to evaluate their potential (94, 95)....

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • 133. 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Gough C, Shackley S. 2001. The respectable politics of climate change: the epistemic communities and NGOs. Int. Aff. 77:329–45
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Crossref
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Web of Science ®
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Google Scholar
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Article Location
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • 134. 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Corell E, Betsill MM. 2001. A comparative look at NGO influence in international environmental negotiations: desertification and climate change. Glob. Environ. Polit. 1:86–107
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Crossref
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Google Scholar
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Article Location
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • 135. 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Brooks N, Adger WN. 2004. Assessing and enhancing adaptive capacity. In Adaptation Policy Framework, ed. B Lim, pp. 165–81. New York: UN Dev. Programme
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Google Scholar
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Article Location
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • 136. 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Adger WN, Arnell NW, Tompkins EL. 2005. Successful adaptation to climate change across scales. Glob. Environ. Chang. 15:77–86
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Crossref
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Web of Science ®
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Google Scholar
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Article Location
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      More AR articles citing this reference

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Climate Change: Expanding Anthropological Possibilities

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Jessica O'Reilly,1 Cindy Isenhour,2,3 Pamela McElwee,4 and Ben Orlove51Department of International Studies, Hamilton Lugar School of Global and International Studies, Indiana University, Bloomington, Indiana 47405, USA; email: [email protected]2Department of Anthropology, University of Maine, Orono, Maine 04469-5773, USA; email: [email protected]3The Climate Change Institute, University of Maine, Orono, Maine 04469-5790, USA4Department of Human Ecology, School of Environmental and Biological Sciences, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey, New Brunswick, New Jersey 08901, USA; email: [email protected]5School of International and Public Affairs, Columbia University, New York, NY 10025, USA; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Annual Review of Anthropology Vol. 49: 13 - 29
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • ...Much of the early literature on defining climate vulnerability came not from anthropologists, but from human geographers (Adger et al. 2005)....
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • The Evolution of the UNFCCC

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Jonathan Kuyper,1,2 Heike Schroeder,3,4 and Björn-Ola Linnér5,6,71Department of Political Science, University of Oslo, 0317 Oslo, Norway; email: [email protected]2Department of Political Science, Stockholm University, SE-106 91 Stockholm, Sweden3School of International Development, University of East Anglia, Norwich NR4 7TJ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected]4Tyndall Centre for Climate Change Research, School of Environmental Sciences, University of East Anglia, Norwich NR4 7TJ, United Kingdom5Centre for Climate Science and Policy Research, Linköping University, 581 83 Linköping, Sweden; email: [email protected]6Institute for Science, Innovation and Society, Oxford University, Oxford OX2 6JP, United Kingdom7Stockholm Environment Institute, 104 51 Stockholm, Sweden
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 43: 343 - 368
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • ...there has been a steady increase in work on the conceptual, normative, and empirical dimensions of adaptation (92), ...
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Wicked Challenges at Land's End: Managing Coastal Vulnerability Under Climate Change

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Susanne C. Moser,1,2 S. Jeffress Williams,3 and Donald F. Boesch41Susanne Moser Research & Consulting, Santa Cruz, California 95060; email: [email protected]2Stanford University, Stanford, California 943053Department of Geology and Geophysics, University of Hawaii, Honolulu, Hawaii 96822; email: [email protected]4University of Maryland Center for Environmental Science, Cambridge, Maryland 21613; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 37: 51 - 78
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • ...makes it difficult to identify effective levers to affect systemic change (17, 18)....
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Land-Change Science and Political Ecology: Similarities, Differences, and Implications for Sustainability Science

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        B.L. Turner II1 and Paul Robbins21School of Geographical Sciences, Arizona State University, Tempe, Arizona, 85287-5302; email: [email protected]2Department of Geography and Regional Development, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona, 85287; email: [email protected]
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 33: 295 - 316
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • ...a characteristic that now pervades risk-hazards research almost regardless of the subfield in question (58, 135...
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Adaptation to Environmental Change: Contributions of a Resilience Framework

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Donald R. Nelson,1,4 W. Neil Adger,1,2 and Katrina Brown1,31Tyndall Centre for Climate Change Research, 2School of Environmental Sciences, 3School of Development Studies, University of East Anglia, Norwich, NR4 7TJ, United Kingdom; email: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]4Bureau of Applied Research in Anthropology, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Annual Review of Environment and Resources Vol. 32: 395 - 419
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • ...there has been a corresponding increase in documented efforts to ameliorate risk through adaptation actions (3, 6, 8, 9)....
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • ...Researchers and policy makers are working to identify analytical frameworks that provide the necessary tools for analyzing human adaptations in light of current and future environmental change (8)....
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • ...; (b) defining successful or sustainable adaptation (reviewed in Reference 8)...
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        • ...Anticipatory action is argued to be both more equitable and more effective than responses after events (8, 66)....

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • 137. 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Brooks N. 2003. Vulnerability, Risk and Adaptation: A Conceptual Framework. Norwich: Tyndall Cent. Clim. Chang. Res./Cent. Soc. Econ. Res. Glob. Environ.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Google Scholar
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Article Location
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • 138. 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Liverman DM. 2005. Equity, Justice and Climate Change. London: Cent. Reform
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      • Google Scholar
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Article Location

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    More AR articles citing this reference

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figures
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    image
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figures
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    image

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Figure 1  Mechanisms and strategies of environmental governance. Abbreviation: CBNRM, community-based natural resource management.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Download Full-ResolutionDownload PPT

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Figure Locations

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    ...and civil society actors. Figure 1 presents a schematic structure to classify strategies of environmental governance as they are founded upon the actions of three different social mechanisms....

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    ...The three major forms we identify in Figure 1—comanagement (between state agencies and communities), ...

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    ...the panoply of governance strategies related to global climate change are clearly difficult to view as being centered on any single category of social agent as depicted in Figure 1....

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    ...it is also very likely that successful outcomes will hinge on environmental governance approaches that are founded upon heightened cooperation involving all actors in all three social locations identified in Figure 1: market, ...

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Previous Article Next Article
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Related Articles
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Literature Cited
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Most Downloaded
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Most Downloaded from this journal

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Human–Wildlife Conflict and Coexistence

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Philip J. Nyhus
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Vol. 41, 2016

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Abstract - FiguresPreview

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Abstract

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Human interactions with wildlife are a defining experience of human existence. These interactions can be positive or negative. People compete with wildlife for food and resources, and have eradicated dangerous species; co-opted and domesticated valuable ...Read More

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Full Text HTML
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Download PDF
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figures
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    image

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Figure 1: Growth in scientific papers referencing human–wildlife conflict between 1995 and 2015 as measured by (red) citations that use the exact words human–wildlife conflict or human wildlife confli...

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    image

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Figure 2: A model for conceptualizing different types of human–wildlife conflict. The x-axis represents a range of interactions or outcomes from negative (e.g., crop damage) to positive (e.g., income ...

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    image

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Figure 3: Summary of selected common approaches used to mitigate human–wildlife conflict and promote human–wildlife coexistence organized by broad categories of intervention (8, 24, 26, 136, 146). The...


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Three Decades of Climate Mitigation: Why Haven't We Bent the Global Emissions Curve?

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Isak Stoddard, Kevin Anderson, Stuart Capstick, Wim Carton, Joanna Depledge, Keri Facer, Clair Gough, Frederic Hache, Claire Hoolohan, Martin Hultman, Niclas Hällström, Sivan Kartha, Sonja Klinsky, Magdalena Kuchler, Eva Lövbrand, Naghmeh Nasiritousi, Peter Newell, Glen P. Peters, Youba Sokona, Andy Stirling, Matthew Stilwell, Clive L. Spash, Mariama Williams
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Vol. 46, 2021

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Abstract - FiguresPreview

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Abstract

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Despite three decades of political efforts and a wealth of research on the causes and catastrophic impacts of climate change, global carbon dioxide emissions have continued to rise and are 60% higher today than they were in 1990. Exploring this rise ...Read More

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Full Text HTML
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Download PDF
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figures
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    image

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Figure 1: Territorial carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions of so-called developed, developing, and least developed countries (LDCs) (a) over time, (b) cumulatively 1990–2018, and (c) per capita. The categor...

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    image

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Figure 2: The global energy system from 1750 to today showing (a) absolute primary energy supply, (b) share of primary energy supply, and (c) the log of primary energy supply. The data are from the In...


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    The Politics of Sustainability and Development

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Ian Scoones
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Vol. 41, 2016

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Abstract - FiguresPreview

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Abstract

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    This review examines the relationships between politics, sustainability, and development. Following an overview of sustainability thinking across different traditions, the politics of resources and the influence of scarcity narratives on research, policy ...Read More

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Full Text HTML
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Download PDF
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figures
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    image

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Figure 1: Transformations and politics for sustainability and development (drawing from References 92 and 192).


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Global Water Pollution and Human Health

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    René P. Schwarzenbach, Thomas Egli, Thomas B. Hofstetter, Urs von Gunten, Bernhard Wehrli
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Vol. 35, 2010

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Abstract - FiguresPreview

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Abstract

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Water quality issues are a major challenge that humanity is facing in the twenty-first century. Here, we review the main groups of aquatic contaminants, their effects on human health, and approaches to mitigate pollution of freshwater resources. Emphasis ...Read More

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Full Text HTML
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Download PDF
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figures
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    image

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Figure 1: Air-water (Kaw) versus octanol-water partitioning constants (Kow) of different organic water pollutants (BTEX stands for benzene, toluene, ethylbenzenes, and xylenes, i.e. fuel constituents)...

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    image

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Figure 2: Estimated risks for arsenic contamination in drinking water based on hydrogeological conditions. Map modified after Reference 89.


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Municipal Solid Waste and the Environment: A Global Perspective

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Sintana E. Vergara and George Tchobanoglous
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Vol. 37, 2012

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Abstract - FiguresPreview

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Abstract

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Municipal solid waste (MSW) reflects the culture that produces it and affects the health of the people and the environment surrounding it. Globally, people are discarding growing quantities of waste, and its composition is more complex than ever before, ...Read More

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Full Text HTML
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Download PDF
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Figures
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    image

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Figure 1: Per capita waste generation rates versus Human Development Index for 20 selected cities. Data are from Reference 14. Abbreviation: kg/cap-d, kilogram per capita per day.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    image

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Figure 2: Waste composition for 20 selected cities (14).

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    image

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Figure 3: Current (2010) solid waste generation per capita by regions of the world. The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) countries produce about 50% of the world's waste, ...

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    image

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Figure 4: Flow of waste material through a waste management system. Abbreviation: RDF, refuse-derived fuel.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    image

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Figure 5: Municipal solid waste collection rates for selected global cities. Industrialized cities invest more money in solid waste and are able to achieve high collection rates. Less-industrialized c...


                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    See More
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • © Copyright 2022
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Contact Us
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Email Preferences
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Annual Reviews Directory
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Multimedia
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Supplemental Materials
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • FAQs
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Privacy Policy
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    • Cookie Preferences
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Back to Top